174
LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Certified by ISO 9001:2015) L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh. COURSE HANDOUT PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., A Sec ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Environmental Science- 17FE03 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-0-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer PRE-REQUISITE: COURSE OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to provide a general background on developing an understanding of systems and cycles on the earth and how individual organisms live together in complex communities and how human activities influence our air, water and soil. It also helps in developing an understanding about our use of fossil fuels and effect on climate and sustainable management of natural resources. COURSE OUT COMES (CO): After the completion of the course, students should be able to: CO1: Identify environmental problems arising due to engineering and technological activities that help to be the part of sustainable solutions. CO2: Evaluate local, regional and global environmental issues related to resources and their sustainable management. CO3: Realize the importance of ecosystem and biodiversity for maintaining ecological balance. CO4: Acknowledge and prevent the problems related to pollution of air, water and soil. CO5: Identify the significance of implementing environmental laws and abatement devices for environmental management. COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs& POs, PSOs): Course Outcomes PO’s ENVIRONMENAL STUDIES Programme Outcomes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 CO1. 3 3 3 3 3 3 CO2. 3 3 3 3 3 CO3. 3 3 2 2 CO4. 3 2 3 2 3 CO5. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., A Sec

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Environmental Science- 17FE03

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-0-0

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer

COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer

PRE-REQUISITE:

COURSE OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to provide a general background on

developing an understanding of systems and cycles on the earth and how individual

organisms live together in complex communities and how human activities influence our air,

water and soil. It also helps in developing an understanding about our use of fossil fuels and

effect on climate and sustainable management of natural resources.

COURSE OUT COMES (CO): After the completion of the course, students

should be able to:

CO1: Identify environmental problems arising due to engineering and technological activities

that help to be the part of sustainable solutions.

CO2: Evaluate local, regional and global environmental issues related to resources and their

sustainable management.

CO3: Realize the importance of ecosystem and biodiversity for maintaining ecological

balance.

CO4: Acknowledge and prevent the problems related to pollution of air, water and soil.

CO5: Identify the significance of implementing environmental laws and abatement devices

for environmental management.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs& POs,

PSOs):

Course

Outcomes

PO’s

ENVIRONMENAL STUDIES

Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CO1. 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO2. 3 3 3 3 3

CO3. 3 3 2 2

CO4. 3 2 3 2 3

CO5. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 Anubha Kaushik, C.P.Kaushik, “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, New age

international publishers, 5th Edition, Delhi, 2016.

T2 Mahua Basu, S. Xavier, “Fundamentals of Environmental Studies”, Cambridge

University Press, 1st Edition, Delhi, 2016.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 S. Deswal, A. Deswal, “A Basic course in Environmental Studies”, Educational &

Technical Publishers, 2nd Edition, Delhi, 2014.

R2 R. Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies (From Crisis to Cure)”, Oxford University

Press, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2012.

R3 De, A.K, “Environmental Chemistry”, New Age International (P) Limited, 5th Edition,

New Delhi, 2003.

R4 Dr.K.V.S.G. Murali Krishna, “Environmental Studies”, VGS Techno Series, 1st

Edition, Vijayawada, 2010. R5 G. Tyler Miller, Scott Spoolman, “Introduction to Environmental Studies”, Cengage

Learning, 13th Edition, New Delhi, 2009.

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

UNIT-I: NATURE AND SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1.

Introduction, components

of Environment

1

17-06-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

2.

Scope and importance

of environmental

studies

1 19-06-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

3.

Population explosion and

variations among Nations.

1 21-06-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

4.

Resettlement and

Rehabilitation - Issues

and possible solutions

1

24-06-2019

1,2,9

CO1

T1

5. Environment and human health

1 26-06-2019

1,2 CO1 T1

6. HIV-AIDS, 1 28-06-2019 1,2 CO1 T1

7. Environmental ethics 1 01-07-2019 1,2 CO1 T1

8.

Role of Information Technology in

environmental

management and human health

1

03-07-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

9. Assignment in UNIT I 1 05-07-2019 6 CO1

10. Tutorial -1 1 08-07-2019 3 CO1

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I

10

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-II: NATURAL RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

11. Introduction and classification

of Natural resources 1 10-07-2019

1,2

CO2 T1

12. Forest Resources 1 12-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

13. Water Resources 1 15-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

14. Water Resources 1 17-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

15. Tutorial-2 1 19-07-2019 3 CO2 T1

16. Mineral Resources 1 22-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

17. Food Resources 1 24-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

18. Food Resources 1 26-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

19. Energy Resources 1 29-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

20. Assignment in Unit II 1 31-07-2019 6 CO2 T1

21. Energy Resources 1 02-08-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

22. I MID Examinations 05-08-2019 T1

23. I MID Examinations 07-08-2019 T1

24. I MID Examinations 09-08-2019 T1

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

11

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-III: ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

25. Definition, structure and

functions of an ecosystem Food chains and Food webs

1

14-08-2019

1,2 CO3 T1,T2

26. Ecological succession, Ecological pyramids

1 16-08-2019 1,2 CO3 T1, T2

27.

Biogeochemical cycles, Major

Types of Ecosystems – Forest, Grassland, Desert Land &

aquatic Ecosystem, Ecological Niche and Keystone Species

1

19-08-2019

1,2

CO3 T1, T2

28. Tutorial-3 1 21-08-2019 3 CO3 T1, T2

29.

Biogeographical classification

of India. India as a mega diversity nation

1

23-08-2019

1,2

CO3 T1, T2

30.

Values of biodiversity- Direct

and Indirect values. Threats to

biodiversity; Man and wild

life conflicts. Endangered and

endemic species of India

1

26-08-2019

1,2

CO3 T1, T2

31. Conservation of biodiversity:

In-situ and Ex-situ conservation methods

1

28-08-2019 1,2 CO3 T1, T2

32. Assignment Unit III 1 30-08-2019 6 CO3 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III

08

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

33.

Introduction to

Environmental Pollution

Causes, effects and control measures of: Air Pollution

04-09-2019

1,2

34. Causes, effects and control

measures of: Water

Pollution

1

06-09-2019

1,2

CO4

T1, T2

35. Causes, effects and control measures of: Soil Pollution

1 09-09-2019

1,2 CO4 T1, T2

36. Tutorial-4 & Assignment

in Unit IV 1 11-09-2019

3&6 CO4 T1, T2

37.

Causes, effects and control

measures of: Noise Pollution. Causes, effects

and control measures of: Nuclear Pollution

1

13-09-2019

1,2

CO4

T1, T2

38. Solid Waste Management 1 16-09-2019 1,2 CO4 T1, T2

39.

Environmental Issues

relating to Climate change,

global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion

1

18-09-2019

1,2

CO4

T1, T2

40.

Disaster Management-

Floods, Cyclones,

Earthquakes, Landslides and Tsunamis.

1

20-09-2019

1,2

CO4

T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV

08

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

41. Sustainable development and unsustainability

1 23-09-2019

1,2

42. Stockholm and Rio Summit 1 25-09-2019 1,2

43. Tutorial-5 & Assignment

in UNIT- V

1

27-09-2019

3&6

T2

44. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA),

1

30-09-2019

1,2

T2

45. Green building 1 04-10-2019 1,2 T2

46. Consumerism and Waste products. Carbon credits and carbon trading.

1

07-10-2019

1,2

T2

47.

Environmental Law- Air, Water Acts. Wild life,

Forest, and Environmental

protection act

1

09-10-2019

1,2

T2

48. Revision 1 11-10-2019 1,2 T2

44. II MID EXAMINATION 16-10-2019 T1, T2

45. II MID EXAMINATION 18-10-2019 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V

08

No. of classes taken:

Contents beyond the Syllabus

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

49 Case studies of Environmental Pollution

1

1,2

50 Limitations for Environmental Legislation in India

1

1,2

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7

I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1

II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9

II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2019 1

Preparation and Practicals 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 1½

Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B 1,2,3,4,5 A+B=25

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 C=75

Total Marks: A+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 100

Dr. Shaheda Niloufer Dr. Shaheda Niloufer

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Department of Mechanical Engineering (Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

Part-A PROGRAM : B. Tech., III-Sem., (Mech - A)

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20

COURSE NAME & CODE : NUMERICAL METHODS AND FOURIER ANALYSIS

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 4-1-0

COURSE CREDITS 4

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : D. Vijay Kumar

COURSE COORDINATOR : Y.P.C.S. Anil Kumar

PRE-REQUISITES : None

COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The main objective of this course is to enable

the students learn numerical techniques for solving the equations, interpolation, differential equations

and fitting of various curves. They will also learn about the Fourier analysis of single valued

functions.

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

After completion of the course, the student will be able to CO1: Compare the rate of accuracy between various methods and approximating the root of the

equation and distinguish among the criteria of section and procedures of various numerical integration

rules.

CO2: Estimate the best fit polynomial for the given tabulated data using the methods of Newton’s

interpolation formulae and Lagrange’s interpolation.

CO3: Apply various numerical methods in solving the initial value problem involving the ordinary

differential equations.

CO4: Estimate the unknown dependent variable using curve fitting methods.

CO5: Generate the single valued functions in the form of Fourier series and obtained the Fourier

Transforms.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos &POs, PSOs):

COs

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

CO1 3 2 2 1

CO2 3 2 2 1

CO3 3 2 2 1

CO4 3 2 2 1

CO5 3 2 1

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’

1- Slight (Low), 2 – Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 S.S. Sastry, “Introductory methods of numerical analysis”, 5th Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2005

T2 Dr. B. V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 1stEdition, TMH, New Delhi, 2010.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Dr. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 42ndEdition, Khanna Publishers, New

Delhi, 2012.

R2 Steven. C. Chopra, Ra. P. Canale, “Numerical methods for engineers with programming and

software application”, 4th edition, TMH, New Delhi, 2002.

R3 M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar, M. K. Jain, “Numerical methods for scientific and engineering computation”, 5th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2007

Part-B

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN):

UNIT-I: Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations and Numerical

Integration

S.

No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Introduction to the course

1 17/6/19 TLM1

2. Course outcomes 1 18/6/19 TLM1

3. Algebraic and

Transcendental Equation

1 19/6/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

4. False Position method 2 20/6/19 22/6/19

TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

5. Newton- Raphson Method in one variable

2 24/6/19 26/6/19

TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

6. Tutorial-1 1 25/6/19 TLM3 CO1 T1,T2

7. Numerical integration & Trapezoidal rule

1 27/6/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

8. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule 2 29/6/19 1/7/19

TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

9. Tutorial-2 1 2/7/19 TLM3 CO1 T1,T2

10. Simpson’s 3/8 Rule. 2 3/7/19 4/7/19

TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

11. Assignment 1 6/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2

12. Quiz-1 1 8/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I

16 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-II: Interpolation and Finite Differences

S.

No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

13. Introduction – Finite 1 9/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

differences

14. Forward Differences-

Backward differences –

2 10/7/19 11/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

Central differences

15. Symbolic relations and separation

2 15/7/19 17/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

of symbols

16. Tutorial-3 1 16/7/19 TLM3 CO2 T1,T2

17. Newton’s formulae for interpolation

3 18/7/19 20/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

22/7/19

18. Tutorial-4 1 23/7/19 TLM3 CO2 T1,T2

19. Lagrange’s Interpolation 3 24/7/19 25/7/19 27/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

20. Problems 1 29/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

21. Assignment 1 30/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2

22. Quiz-2 1 31/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2

23. Revision 1 1/8/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

24. Revision 1 3/8/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

18 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-III: Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations

S.

No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

25. Introduction to Unit-III 1 13/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

26. Solution by Taylor’s series

2 14/8/19 17/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

27. Picard’s Method 1 19/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

28. Tutorial-5 1 20/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2

29. Euler’s Method 1 21/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

30. Modified Euler’s Method 1 22/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

31. Runge- Kutta Method 2 26/8/19 28/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

32. Tutorial-6 1 27/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2

33. Assignment 1 29/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2

34. Quiz-3 1 31/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III

12 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV: Curve Fitting

S.

No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

35. Introduction to UNIT IV 1 3/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

36. Tutorial-7 1 4/9/19 TLM3 CO4 T1,T2

37. Fitting of a Straight line 1 5/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

38. Fitting of a second degree polynomial

2 7/9/19 9/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

39. Fitting of exponential curves

1 11/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

40. Fitting of a power curve 1 12/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

41. Assignment 1 16/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2

42. Tutorial-8 1 17/9/19 TLM3 CO4 T1,T2

43. Quiz-4 1 18/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV

10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms

S.

No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

44. Determination of Fourier coefficients

1 19/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

45. Even and Odd Functions 1 21/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

46. Fourier Cosine and Sine Series

2 23/9/19 25/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

47. Tutorial-9 1 24/9/19 TLM3 CO5 T1,T2

48. Fourier Series in an arbitrary interval

1 26/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

49. Half-range Sine and Cosine series

1 28/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

50. Half-range series in an arbitrary interval

1 30/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

51. Fourier Integral theorem, Fourier sine and cosine integrals

2 1/10/19

3/10/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

52. Fourier Transform, Inverse Transform

1 5/10/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

53. Sine and cosine transforms, Properties

1 7/10/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

54. Tutorial-10 1 9/10/19 TLM3 CO5 T1,T2

55. Assignment/Quiz-5 1 10/10/19 TLM6 CO5 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V

14 No. of classes taken:

Contents beyond the Syllabus S.

No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning

Methods

Learning Outcome

COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

56. Finite Fourier Transforms

1 12/10/19

TLM1 T1,T2

No. of classes required to

complete 1

No. of classes taken:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)

TLM2 PPT TLM6 Assignment or Quiz

TLM3 Tutorial TLM7 Group Discussion/Project

TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)

Part - C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task Units Marks

Assignment– 1 1 A1=5

Assignment– 2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Online Quiz-1 1,2 C1=10

Assignment– 3 3 A3=5

Assignment– 4 4 A4=5

Assignment– 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Online Quiz-2 3,4,5 C2=10

Evaluation of Assignment: A=Avg (Best of Four(A1,A2,A3,A4,A5)) 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=10

Attendance Marks based on Percentage of attendance D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 40

Semester End Examinations : E 1,2,3,4,5 60

Total Marks: A+B+C+D+E 1,2,3,4,5 100

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HoD

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,

NAAC Accredited with ‘B++’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015) L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh

COURSE HANDOUT Part-A

PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Semester, A-Section ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Thermodynamics-17ME03 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0 COURSE CREDITS : 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr.P.Tharun Sai COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. P. Ravindra Kumar PRE-REQUISITES : Engineering Physics

COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs):

To provide insights on laws of thermodynamics and its applications, gas mixtures, pure substances and thermodynamic cycles.

COURSE OUTCOMES (COS): At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Comprehend the concepts of heat, work, and forms of energy, laws of thermodynamics, mixtures of gases, pure substances and thermodynamics cycles. CO2: Describe various thermal systems using thermodynamic laws and principles CO3: Apply the laws of thermodynamics to solve problems on various thermodynamic systems. CO4: Analyse thermodynamic cycles, properties of pure substances and mixture of gases using thermodynamic concepts. CO5: Evaluate the performance parameters of the thermodynamic cycles, pure substances and gases mixtures.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs and POs and PSOs)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs)- Thermodynamics- (17ME03)

POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO 1 PSO 2 PSO 3

CO

s

CO1 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1

CO2 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - 3 1 3 - 2

CO3 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 3 - 1

CO4 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1

CO5 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 P.K.Nag, “Engineering Thermodynamics”- McGraw-Hill. 5th Edition, 2013

T2 Y.A. Cengel, and M.A.Boles, “Thermodynamics : An Engineering Approach”, McGraw-Hill, 7th Edition, 2011.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 G.J.Van Wylen & Sonntag, “Fundamentals of Thermodynamics”, John Wiley& sons, publications Inc. 5th Edition, 1998.

R2 E.Rathakrishnan, “Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics”, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2010.

Part-B

Course Delivery Plan (Lesson Plan): Section-A

S.NO TOPIC TO BE COVERED No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

TLM

HOD

Signature

Unit-1

BASIC CONCEPTS

1 Basic Concepts and Definitions 1 17-6-19 1

2 Macroscopic & Microscopic approaches 1 20-6-19 1

3 System-Types, Control Volume

Properties of system

1 21-6-19

1

4 State, Path, Process, Cycle, path and

point functions.

1 22-6-19 1,2

5 Thermodynamic Equilibrium,

Quasistatic process, applications of TD,

Internal Energy, Specific heat , Enthalpy

1 24-6-19 1,2

Tutorial-1 1 27-6-19 3

6 Zeroth law of Thermodynamics

Temperature scales – Temperature

measurement

static process

1

28-6-19

1

7 Constant volume gas thermometer

Numerical Problems on Temperature

scales

2 29-6-19

01-7-19

1

8 Advantages of gas thermometers over

liquid thermometers

1 04-7-19

1,4

9 Numerical problems on Internal energy,

enthalpy, specific heat and latent heat,

Assignement-1

2 05-07-19

06-07-19

1,2,3

10 Tutorial-2 1 08-7-19 3

Number of classes required 13

Number of classes taken:

Unit-II

FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS

11 Introduction, Energy - Property of the

system

1 11-7-19 1

12 Thermodynamic Process and its

derivations

1 12-7-19 1,2

13 First Law Analysis of Closed and open

System undergoing different process

2 15-7-19

18-7-19

1,2

14

Different forms of stored energy and

forms of energy, heat, work , Mechanical

forms of work

2 19-7-19

20-7-19

1

15 Applications of first law, PMM1

Numerical problems on work and energy

1 22-7-18 1

Tutorial-3 1 25-7-19 3

16 Thermodynamic analysis of control

volume-conservation of mass,

conservation of energy principle

1 26-7-19 1,2

17 Flow work , Steady Flow Process 1 27-7-19 1,2

18 Steady Flow Energy Equation 1 29-7-19 1,2

19 Steady Flow Engineering Devices-

Nozzles, Diffusers, Turbine,

Compressors, Throttling Valves, Heat

Exchangers and Limitations

2 01-8-19

02-8-19

1,2,6

20 Numerical problems on steady flow

energy equation, Assignement-2

1 03-8-19 1,2,3

21 Tutorial-4 1 03-8-19 3

Number of classes required 15

Number of classes taken:

Number of classes required Unit-III

SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS

22 Thermal energy reservoirs, heat engines,

Refrigerator, heat pumps 1

16-8-19 1

23 Kelvin-Planks, Clausius statement of

second law of thermodynamics 1

17-8-19 1

24 Numerical Problems on Second law of

TD 1

19-8-19 1,2,3

25 Equivalence of Kelvin -Planck and

Clausius statements 1

22-8-19 1,2

26 Perpetual Motion Machine-II

Differences between reversible and

irreversible process, Carnot cycle

1 23-8-19

1,2

27 Carnot Theorem –Numerical problem 1 24-8-19

1, 2, 3

28 Entropy: Introduction, Clausius

inequality, t-s property diagrams 1 26-8-19 1,2

29 Entropy change for ideal gases -

Derivations 1 29-8-19 1,2

30 Isentropic relations for ideal gases,

Principle of increase of entropy 1 30-8-19 1

31 Applications of Entropy- Third law of

Thermodynamics 1 31-8-19 1,2

32 Numerical Problems,

Assignement-3 1 05-9-19

1, 3

33 Tutorial-5 1 06-9-19

3

Number of classes required 12 Number of classes taken:

Unit-IV

NON REACTIVE MIXTURES AND PURE SUBSTANCE

34

Non-reactive mixtures Introduction,

composition of gas mixture ,Mass ,

Volume and mole fractions and

problems

1 07-9-19

1

35

Daltons law of additive pressures

Amagat's law of additive volumes, Ideal

gas mixture and problems

1 09-9-19

1,2

36 Non-reactive mixtures and its problems 1 12-9-19 1

37

Pure substance: Introduction, phase of

pure substance, dryness fraction Phase

change processes, property diagrams, P-

V-T surface, property tables

1 13-9-19 1,2,5

38 Numerical Problems 1 14-9-19

1,5

39 h-s diagrams (Mollier chart) for pure

substance, Assignement-4 1 16-9-19 1,2,3,5

40 Tutorial-6 1 19-9-19 3

Number of classes required 07 Number of classes taken:

Unit-V

THERMODYNAMIC CYCLES

41

Vapour power cycles:

Analysis of Carnot vapour cycle-

Numerical Problem 1 20-9-19 1,2,5

42 Simple Rankine cycle and Problem 1 21-9-19 1,2,5

43

Gas power cycles-

Introduction, Analysis of power cycles-

Carnot cycle-Otto cycle –Numerical

problems

1 23-9-19

1,2,5

44 Diesel cycle, Dual cycle - Numerical

Problems 1 26-9-19

1,5

45 Brayton Cycles and its problems 1 27-9-19 1,2

46 Atkinson cycle derivation and numerical

problem 1 28-9-19 1,2

47 Tutorial-7 1 30-10-19 3

48 Refrigeration cycles:

Reversed Carnot cycle, Bell-Coleman

cycle

1 03-10-19 1,2,6

49 Problems on Bell-Coleman cycles

1 04-10-19 1,2

50 Simple vapour compression cycle and

problems, Assignement-5

1 05-10-19

1,2,3

Number of classes required 10 Number of classes taken:

Total Number of classes required for the

subject

57

Contents beyond the syllabus

51 Advanced Thermometers, temperature

indicators

1 11-10-19 1,2

52 Combined and Cogeneration cycles 1 11-10-19 1,2

Delivery Methods (DM):

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)

TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam

Prabha/MOOCS)

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project

Part - C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment–1 1 A1=5

Assignment–2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Online Quiz-Q1 1,2 Q1-10

Assignment – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment– 4 4 A4=5

Assignment – 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Online Quiz-Q2 3,4,5 Q2-10

Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: Q=(Q1+Q2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 Q=10

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Attendance C= 5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+Q+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 60

Total Marks: 40+60 1,2,3,4,5 100

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in Mathematics, Science

and Mechanical Engineering.

PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become successful in

multidisciplinary activities.

PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an

engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering problems

reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering

sciences

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system

components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and

safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods

including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide

valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and

IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the

limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,

safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering

practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal

and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the

engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams,

and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering

community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design

documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and

management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage

projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in

independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal systems.

2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards improvement of quality

and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.

3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various

systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.

Course

Instructor Course

Coordinator Module

Coordinator HOD

Signature

Name of the Faculty Mr.P.Tharun Sai

Dr.P.Ravindra Kumar

Dr.P.Vijaya Kumar

Dr.S.Pichi Reddy

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,

Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015 L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

PART - A

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III Sem., ME- A -SEC

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 2020

COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering – [17EC50]

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical Engineering,

Course Educational Objective: This course will provide introduction to semiconductor materials, operation of electronic devices like diodes, transistors and their applications. These courses further provides knowledge about logic gates, implementation of digital circuits using logic gates and understand the constraints of operational amplifier.

COURSE OUTCOMES (CO): CO1: Know the basics of semiconductor materials and operation of electronic devices

CO2: Use of junction diode and transistor for different applications.

CO3: Design amplifier circuits using transistor

CO4: Analyze the digital circuits using logic gates

CO5: Design the combinational & sequential circuits using logic gates and examine the

characteristics related to OP-AMP.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 R.L.Boylested and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Pearson/ prentice Hall Publishers.

T2 Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, PHI Publishers, 4th Edition.

BOS APPROVED

R1 Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkies, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 3 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 1 -- -- --

CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- --

CO3 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --

CO4 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- --

CO5 2 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- 1 2 1 -- -- --

Publishers, New Delhi.

R2 Electronic Devices and Circuits by G.S.N.Raju, I.K.International.

Prescribed Syllabus:

UNIT-I:

Semiconductor Physics: Energy band theory of crystals, types of materials, mobility,

conductivity, semiconductor definition, types of semiconductors, majority and minority

carriers in semiconductors, Fermi level in semiconductors, mass action law. Electronic

Devices: P-N junction diode, biasing conditions of P-N junction diode, V-I characteristics of

junction diode, Zener diode and its applications.

UNIT-II:

Applications of junction diode: Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers, Half wave, full wave

rectifier and bridge rectifier, rectifier circuits operation and parameters, comparison of

rectifier circuits, need of filter in rectifier, rectifier circuits with capacitor, inductor, L-section

and π section filters Introduction to three terminal devices: Introduction to Transistor,

transistor terminals, operation of Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor

(FET) and Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET).

UNIT-III:

Transistor Biasing: Need for biasing, operating point, DC load line, AC load line, Stability,

types of biasing circuits -fixed bias, collector to base bias and voltage divider bias circuits

operation and design. Stability factors S, SI and SII for different basing circuits.

UNIT-IV:

Number System & Boolean Algebra: Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and

hexadecimal), compliments (1s and 2s compliments), Boolean algebra, K-map and its

minimization (up to four variables), Binary codes and code converters. Logic Gates: Basic

logic gates (AND, OR, NOT), universal logic gates (NAND, NOR), and special logic gates

(XOR, XNOR), implementation of digital circuits using logic gates.

UNIT-V:

Combinational & Sequential Circuits: Half adder, full adder, half Subtractor, full Subtractor,

decoder and encoder, Multiplexer and de-multiplexer, sequential circuits, difference between

combinational and sequential circuits, latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T), flip-flop

conversions Operational Amplifiers: Introduction to operational amplifier (OP-AMP), block

diagram of OP-AMP, 741 OP-AMP parameters, 741 Op-Amp applications-adder, subtractor,

741 OP-AMP as integrator and differentiator.

PART – B COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): UNIT-I : Semiconductor Physics & Electronic Devices

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Energy band theory of crystals

01 18 – 06 – 19

2. Types of materials 01 19 – 06 – 19

3. Mobility & conductivity

01 20 – 06 – 19

4. Semiconductor types, 01 20 – 06 – 19

5. Tutorial 01 25 – 06 – 19

6. Majority and minority

carriers in Semiconductors

26 – 06 – 19

7. Fermi level in semiconductors

01 27 – 06 – 19

8. Tutorial 01 27 – 06 – 19

9. Mass action law. 01 02 – 07 – 19

10. P-N junction diode biasing conditions

01 03 – 07 – 19

11. P-N junction diode V-I Characteristics

01 04 – 07 – 19

12. Tutorial 01 04 – 07 – 19

13. Zener diode operation 01 09 – 07 – 19

14. Zener diode applications

01 10 – 07 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I

14 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- II : Applications of junction diode & Introduction to three terminal devices

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers,

01 11 – 07 – 19

2. Half wave operation and parameters

01 11 – 07 – 19

3. Full wave rectifier

operation and

parameters

01 16 – 07 – 19

4. Bridge rectifier circuit operation and

01 17 – 07 – 19

5. Comparison of rectifier circuits

01 18 – 07 – 19

6. Tutorial 01 18 – 07 – 19

7. Need of filter in rectifier and

01 23 – 07 – 19

8. rectifier with capacitor as filters

01 24 – 07 – 19

9. Rectifier circuits with

Inductor as filters

01 25 – 07 – 19

10. Tutorial 01 25 – 07 – 19

11. Rectifier circuits with

L- section and π section filter

01 30 – 07 – 19

12. Introduction to

Transistor, transistor

terminals, operation of

Bipolar Junction

Transistor (BJT).

01 31 – 07 – 19

13. Operation of Field Effect Transistor

(FET)

01 01 – 08 – 19

14. Operation of Metal

Oxide Semiconductor

Field Effect Transistor

(MOSFET)

01 01 – 08 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

14 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- III : Transistor Biasing

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Need for biasing,

operating point, DC

load line and AC load

line,

01 13 – 08 – 19

2. Stability definition

and Stability factors S,

SI and SII

01 14 – 08 – 19

3. Types of biasing circuits

01 20 – 08 – 19

4. Tutorial 01 21 – 08 – 19

5. Fixed bias operation and design.

01 22 – 08 – 19

6. Tutorial 01 22 – 08 – 19

7. Collector to base bias circuits operation and

design.

01 27 – 08 – 19

8. Voltage divider bias

circuits operation and

design.

01 28 – 08 – 19

9. Stability factors S, SI

and SII for different basing circuits.

01 29 – 08 – 19

10. Tutorial 01 29 – 08 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III

10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- IV: Number System & Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1.

Number systems

(binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal),

01

03 – 09 – 19

2. compliments (1s and 2s compliments),

01 04 – 09 – 19

3. Boolean algebra, 01 05 – 09 – 19

4. Tutorial 01 05 – 09 – 19

5.

K-map and its

minimization

(up to four variables),

01

11 – 09 – 19

6. Binary codes and code converters.

01 12 – 09 – 19

7.

Basic logic gates

(AND, OR, NOT),

universal logic gates

(NAND, NOR), and

special logic gates

(XOR, XNOR),

01

12 – 09 – 19

8.

Implementation of

digital circuits using

logic gates.

01

17 – 09 – 19

9. Tutorial 01 18 – 09 – 19

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-IV 09

No. of classes taken:

UNIT- V: Combinational & Sequential Circuits & Operational Amplifiers

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Half adder, full adder, 01 19 – 09 – 19

2. Half Subtractor, full

Subtractor, 01 19 – 0 9 – 19

3. Decoder and Encoder, 01 24 – 0 9 – 19

4. Multiplexer and de- multiplexer,

01 25 – 09 – 19

5.

Sequential circuits,

difference between

combinational and

sequential circuits,

01

26 – 09 – 19

6. Tutorial 01 26 – 09 – 19

7. Latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T)

01 – 10 – 19

8. Flip-Flop conversions 01 03 – 10 – 19

9. Tutorial 01 03 – 10 – 19

10.

Introduction to OP- AMP and its

parameters

01

09 – 10 – 19

11.

741 Op-Amp

applications- adder,

subtractor,

01

10 – 10 – 19

12.

741 OP-AMP as integrator and

differentiator.

01

10 – 10 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V

12

No. of classes taken:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W

I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W

II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W

II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W

Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W

Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W

*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019

PART – C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment – 2 2 A2=5

Quiz – 1 1,2 B1=10

I-Mid Examination 1,2 C1=20

Assignment – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment – 5 5 A5=5

Quiz – 2 3,4,5 B2=10

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 C2=20

Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Quiz Marks: B= (B1+B2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 B=10

Evaluation of Mid Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=20

Attendance: D D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C+D=40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 E=60

Total Marks: A+B+C+D=E 1,2,3,4,5 100

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

PEO 1: To Attain a solid foundation in Electronics & Communication Engineering fundamentals with an attitude to pursue continuing education.

PEO 2: To Function professionally in the rapidly changing world with advances in technology.

PEO 3: To Contribute to the needs of the society in solving technical problems using Electronics & Communication Engineering principles, tools and practices.

PEO 4: To Exercise leadership qualities, at levels appropriate to their experience, which addresses issues in a responsive, ethical, and innovative manner.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):

PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and

design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations.

PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research

methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the

information to provide valid conclusions.

PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities

with an understanding of the limitations

PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess

societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the

professional engineering practice

PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for

sustainable development.

PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive

clear instructions.

PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and

leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

PSO 1: Communication: Design and develop modern communication technologies for building the inter disciplinary skills to meet current and future needs of industry.

PSO 2: VLSI and Embedded Systems: Design and Analyze Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits or systems and Implement real time applications in the field of VLSI and Embedded Systems using

relevant tools

PSO 3: Signal Processing: Apply the Signal processing techniques to synthesize and realize the issues related to real time applications

LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., MECH (A) ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : MECHANICS OF SOLIDS-17ME04 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-1-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr.P.V.CHANDRA SEKHARA RAO COURSE COORDINATOR : K.V.VISWANADH PRE-REQUISITE : ENGINEERING MECHANICS

COURSE OBJECTIVE:

The objective of the course is to analyze the stresses & deformations in mechanical members due to various loads. COURSE OUTCOMES (CO):

After completion of the course students will be able to CO1: Compute the stresses & deformations of a member due to axial loading under uniform and non uniform conditions. CO2: Analyze the variation of SF & BM in determinate beams. CO3: Analyze the structural members subjected to flexural and torsional loads. CO4: Analyze the biaxial stresses developed at a point of stressed member and identify shear stresses across the cross section of a beam. CO5: Evaluate deflections for statically determinate beams and analyze the thin and thick pressure vessels.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):

Cos PO 1

PO 2

PO 3

PO 4

PO 5

PO 6

PO 7

PO 8

PO 9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO1 3 2 1 1 3

CO2 3 2 1 1 3

CO3 3 2 1 1 3

CO4 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO5 3 2 1 1 1 3

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS: T1 Popov, E.P., “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, PHI, 2ndEdition, 2009 T2 Sadhu Singh, “Strength of Materials”, Khanna Publishers, 10thEdition,

reprint 2013. BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS: R1 S.Ramamrutham, “Strength of Materials”, 14thEdition, DhanpatRai&

Sons, 2011. R2 M.L.Gambhir, “Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics”, PHI Learning, 2009

R3 M.Chakraborti, “Strength of Materials”, S.K.Kataria& Sons R4 R.Subramanian, “Strength of Materials”, 2ndEdition, Oxford University

Press, 2010. R5 R.K.Bansal, “Strength of Materials”, 15thEdition, Laxmi Publishers,

2013. R6 James M.Gere, Barry J.Goodno, “Mechanics of Materials”, 7thEdition,

CEngage Learning, 2009.

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

UNIT-I : SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS

UNIT-II : SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

19.

Introduction to Shear force and bending moment; Relation between

Shear Force, Bending Moment & rate of Loading

01

20-07-19 TLM1

CO2

T1,R1,R6

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1.

Introduction to Mechanics of Materials - Course Educational

Objective (CEO) & Course Outcomes (CO’s)

01

19-06-19

TLM1

CO1

T1,R6

2. Concept of Stress & Strain

01 20-06-19

TLM1 CO1 T2,R6

3. Mechanical properties of Materials

01 21-06-19

TLM1 CO1 T2

4. Stress Strain diagrams for Mild Steel -Hooke’s Law

01 22-06-19

TLM1 CO1 T1

5. Evaluation of Proof stress by Offset method

01 26-06-19

TLM1 CO1 T1

6.

Stresses, Strains & Deformations

of a body due to axial force Factor of Safety

01

27-06-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1

T2,R1,R6

7. Principle of superposition

01 28-06-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO1 T2,R1

8. Bars of uniformly varying sections

01 29-06-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO1 T2,R1

9. Deformation of Stepped bar due

to axial loads 01

03-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

10. Tutorial-I

01 04-07-19

TLM3 CO1 -

11. Stresses in composite bars &

Problems 01

05-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

12. Temperature stresses & problems 01 06-07-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO1 T2,R1

13. Strain energy due to steady load,

sudden load & impact load 01

10-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

14.

Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio &

change in volume; Shear stress & shear strain

01

11-07-19 TLM1

CO1

T2,R1

15. Relation between Young’s

Modulus and shear Modulus 01

12-07-19 TLM1 CO1 T2,R1

16. Relation between Elastic modulii

& Problems 01

17-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

17. Tutorial-II 01 18-07-19

TLM3 CO1 -

18. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-I) 01 19-07-19

TLM6 CO1 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I 18 No. of classes taken:

20.

Shear force & Bending moment Diagrams for cantilever beam

subjected to Concentrated loads & UDL.

01

24-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T2,R6

21. Shear force & Bending moment

Diagrams for Simply supported 01

25-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2 T2,R6

beam subjected to Concentrated loads & UDL.

22.

Estimation of Maximum bending

moment for simply supported beam

01

26-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T1,T2,R1

23. Tutorial-III

01 27-07-19

TLM3 CO2 -

24.

Shear force & Bending moment

Diagrams for Overhanging beam

subjected to Concentrated loads &

UDL

01

31-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T2,R6

25.

Estimation of Maximum bending

moment & point of contra flexure

for Overhanging beams

01

01-08-19

TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T2,R1

26. Tutorial-IV 01 02-08-19

TLM3 CO2 -

27. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-II)

01 03-08-19

TLM6 CO2 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II 09 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-III : STRESSES IN BEAMS & TORSION

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

28. Theory of Simple bending, assumptions

01 14-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6

29. Derivation of flexure equation 01 16-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6

30. Section modulus and problems 01 17-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T2,R1

31. Normal stresses due to flexure applications

01 21-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,R6

32. Tutorial-V

01 22-08-19

TLM3 CO3 -

33. Theory of torsion, Assumptions 01 23-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1

34. Derivation of Torsion equation 01 28-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1

35.

Polar modulus, Power transmitted by shaft,

Stresses in solid and hollow circular shafts

01

29-08-19

TLM1

CO3

T1,T2,R1

36. Tutorial-VI 01 30-08-19

TLM3 CO3 -

37. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-III)

01 31-08-19

TLM6 CO3 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV : ANALYSIS OF COMBINED STRESSES & SHEAR STRESSES

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

38.

State of stress at a point, normal

and tangential stresses on inclined

planes

01

04-09-19 TLM2/ TLM4

CO4

T1,R6

39.

Problem on normal and tangential stresses on inclined planes

Principle stresses and their planes, maximum shear stress plane

01

05-09-19 TLM2/ TLM4

CO4

T1,R6

40. Mohr’s circle diagram Problems on Mohr’s circle

01 06-09-19 TLM2/

TLM4 CO4 T1,R6

41. Tutorial-VII

01 07-09-19

TLM3 CO4 -

42.

Concept of shear stress variation

over cross section due to flexural

loads Derivation of lateral shear stress

01

11-09-19

TLM1

CO4

T1,R1,R6

43. Shear stress distribution across

rectangular & circular sections 01

12-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO4 T2,R1,R6

44. Problems on distribution of Shear

stress 01

13-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO4 T1,T2,R1

45. Tutorial-VIII

01 18-09-19

TLM3 CO4 -

46. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-IV)

01 19-09-19

TLM6 CO4 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV 9 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V : DEFELCTION OF BEAMS & THIN AND THICK SHELLS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

47.

Derivation of Differential equation

for elastic line (Deflection Equation)

01

20-09-19 TLM1

CO5

T1,R6

48. Deflection & Slope equations for

cantilever beam 01

21-09-19 TLM1 CO5 T1,R6

49. Deflection & Slope equations for

simply supported beam 01

25-09-19 TLM1 CO5 T1,R6

50. Macaulay’s method 01 26-09-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO5 T2,R1

51. Tutorial-IX

01 27-09-19

TLM3 CO5 -

52. Introduction to thin & thick shells 01 28-09-19

TLM1 CO5 T2,R1

53. Hoop stress and longitudinal

stresses for thin cylinders 01

03-10-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO5 T2,R1

54. Change in volume of thin cylinder 01 04-10-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO5 T2,R1

55.

Derivation of Lame’s equations of

Thick cylinders; Problems on thick cylinders

01

05-10-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO5

T2,R1

56. Tutorial-X 01 09-10-19

TLM3 CO5 -

57. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-V)

01 10-10-19

TLM6 CO5 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V 11 No. of classes taken:

Contents beyond the Syllabus

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

58. Theories of Failure 01 11-10-19

TLM2 - R6

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/19 03/08/19 7

I Mid Examinations 05/08/19 10/08/19 1

II Phase of Instructions 12/08/19 12/10/19 9

II Mid Examinations 14/10/19 19/10/19 1

Preparation and Practicals 21/10/19 31/10/19 1.5

Semester End Examinations 01/11/19 16/11/19 2

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Online Quiz Examination-1 1,2 C1=10

Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Online Quiz Examination-2 3,4,5 C2=10

Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Evaluation of Online Quiz Examination: C 1,2,3,4,5 C=10

Evaluation of Attendance marks: D (As per the Academic Regulations) - D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 CIE=40

Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4,5 SEE=60

Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4,5 100

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES: PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering. PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become successful in multidisciplinary activities. PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of

data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs): 1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal

systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.

3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.

Course

Instructor Course

Coordinator Module

Coordinator HOD

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)

L.B.Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram – 521 230, Krishna Dt.,Andhra Pradesh,

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

COURSE HANDOUT-A/SEC

Part-A

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., Mechanical Engineering

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Metallurgy and Material Science – 17ME05

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3 (L) – 1 (T) - 0 (P)

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr.Seelam Pichi Reddy, Professor;

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. G.Naresh, Asst. Prof.

PRE-REQUISITES : Applied Mathematics, Engineering Physics, Engineering

Chemistry

COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The objective of this course are to

acquire knowledge on structure of metals and alloys, understand the concept of alloys and

equilibrium diagrams; demonstrate the concept of heat treatment process.

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs) At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 : Estimate the properties of the metals and alloys based on structures.

CO2 : Classify, construct and analyze equilibrium diagrams.

CO3 : Analyze and distinguish various ferrous, non-ferrous metals and alloys.

CO4 : Identify the influence of mechanical working and heat treatment principles on materials.

CO5 : Classify, analyze and suggest the suitable manufacturing method for composite materials.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):

C

Os

P

O1

P

O2

P

O3

P

O4

P

O5

P

O6

P

O7

P

O8

P

O9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

C

O1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

1

1 2

C

O2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

1

1 2

C

O3 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

1

1 2

C

O4 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

1

1 2

C O5 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

1

1 2

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight (Low),

2 – Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 V.D.Kotgire, S.V Kotgire, Material Science and Metallurgy, Everest Publishing HOUSE 24th Edition,2008.

T2 Sidney H.Avener,Introduction to Physical METALLURGY,Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd

Edition,2011.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Richard A.Flinn,Paul K.T rojan, Engineering Material sand Their Aapplication,Jaico Publishing House, 4th edition,1999.

R2 U.C.Jindal and Atish Mozumber,M aterial since and metallurgy, rearson education- 2012.

UNIT-I:

Part-B

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Metallurgy and Materials Science

1 19-06-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

2. Classification of Engineering Materials, Mechanical Properties of Materials

1 21-06-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

3. Structure of Metals; Crystal Structures-Introduction 1 22-06-2019 TLM1, TLM2 CO1 T1, T2

4. Simple cubic and Face centered Cubic structures, Body Centered Cubic structure

1 26-06-2019

TLM1,TLM2 CO1 R1 to R4

5. Closed Pack Hexagonal and Crystallographic Planes 1 28-06-2019 TLM1,TLM5 CO1 T1, T2

6. Mechanism of Crystallization of Metals, Grain and

Grain Boundaries 1 29-06-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

7. Effect of Grain Boundaries on the Properties of Materials, Determination of Grain Size

1 03-07-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

8.

Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of alloying,

Interstitial and Substitutional Solid Solutions, Hume

Rotherys rules, Tutorial I, Quiz I

1

05-07-2019

TLM1, TLM2,

TLM3

CO1

R1 to R4

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-II: EQUILIBRIUM DIAGRAMS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Equilibrium of Diagrams-Introduction 1 06-07-2019 TLM1 CO2 T1, T2

2.

Cooling Curves for Pure Metals and

Alloys, Experimental Methods of

Construction of E.D

1

10-07-2019

TLM1

CO2

T1, T2

3.

Classification of E .D, Isomorphous E.D, Eutectic ED, Partial Eutetic Equilibrium

Diagrams.

1

12-07-2019

TLM1,TLM2

4. Tutorial II, Quiz II 1 17-07-2019 TLM3 CO2 T1, T2

5. Equilibrium Cooling and Heating of Alloys, Lever rule, Coring

1 19-07-2019 TLM1,

TLM5 CO2 R1 to R4

6. Transformations in the Solid State- Allotropy

20-07-2019

TLM1

7. Eutectic reaction, Eutectoid reactions, Tutorial III, Quiz III

1 24-07-2019 TLM1,

TLM3 CO2 T1, T2

8. Peritectoid Reactions, Cu-Ni Equilibrium Diagram, Bi-Cd Equilibrium Diagram

1 26-07-2019

TLM1 CO2 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-III: FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, STEELS AND CAST IRONS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Ferrous Metals and Alloys- Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium

Diagrams 1 27-07-2019

TLM1 CO3

T1, T2

2. Structural Changes in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 31-07-2019 TLM1,TLM2 CO3 T1, T2

3. Phase Calculations in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 02-08-2019 TLM1 CO3 T1, T2

4. Steels-Introduction, Classification of Steels 1 03-08-2019 TLM1 CO3 R1 to R4

5. Low Carbon Steel, Medium Carbon, High Carbon

Steel 1 14-08-2019

TLM1 CO3 T1, T2

6. Cast Irons-Introduction, Classification of Cast Irons 1 16-08-2019 TLM1,

TLM2 CO3 T1, T2

7. White Cast Iron, Malleable Cast Iron, Grey Cast Iron , Spheriodal Graphite C.I

1 17-08-2019 TLM1,

TLM2 CO3 R1 to R4

8. Tutorial IV, Quiz IV 1 21-08-2019 TLM3 CO3 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV: MECHANICAL WORKING , HEAT TREATMENT OF ALLOYS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Mechanical Working- Hot Working, Cold Working

1 23-08-2019

TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

2. Strain Hardening, Recovery and Recrystallisation

1 24-08-2019

TLM1 CO4 R1 to R4

3. Heat treatment of Alloys- Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening

1 28-08-2019

TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

4. Construction of TTT diagrams for Eutectoid Steels

1 30-08-2019

TLM1,TLM2 CO4 T1, T2

5. Hardenability- Jominy End Quench Test, Surface

1 31-08-2019

TLM1 CO4 R1 to R4

6. Hardening Methods- Introduction 1 04-09-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

7. Induction, Flame Hardening, Carburising, Age

Hardening Treatment 1 06-09-2019

TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

8. Tutorial-V 1 07-09-2019 TLM3 CO4 R1 to R4

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V: NON FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, COMPOSITE MATERIALS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Non Ferrous Metals and Alloys-Introduction, Structure, Properties of Copper and it’s Alloys

1 11-09-2019

TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

2. Structure, Properties of Aluminum and it’s Alloys 1 13-09-2019 TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

3. Composite materials : Classification of Composites

1 18-09-2019

TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

4. Manufacturing of Composite Materials 1 20-09-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4

5. Hand lay up processes and Filament Winding Processes

1 21-09-2019

TLM1,TLM2 CO5 T1, T2

6.

SMC Processes, Continuous Pultrusion

Processes, Resin Transfer Moulding

1

25-09-2019

TLM1,TLM2

CO5

T1, T2

7. Metal Ceramic Mixtures-Introduction

1 27-09-2019

TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

8. Metal matrix composites 1 28-09-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4

9. C-C composites 1 04-10-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4

10. Tutorial-VI 1 05-10-2019 TLM3 CO5 R1 to R4

11.

II Mid Examinations

6 days

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 10 No. of classes taken:

CONTENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS:

S.N

o.

Topics

to be

covered

No. of

Classes

Require

d

Tentative

Date of

Completi

on

Actual

Date of

Completi

on

Teachi

ng

Learni

ng

Method

s

Learni

ng

Outco

me

COs

Text

Book

followe

d

HO

D

Sign

1.

Advanc

ed Topics

1 09-10-

2019

TLM1

CO1

T1, T2,

R1 to

R5

2.

Advanc ed

Topics

1 11-10-

2019

TLM1

CO2

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)

TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

Commencement of Class Work: 18-12-2017

I Phase of Instructions 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7

I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1

II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9

II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2019 1

Preparation and Practical’s 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 1.5

Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2

Part - C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment–1 1 A1=5

Assignment–2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Online Quiz-Q1 1,2 Q1-10

Assignment – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment– 4 4 A4=5

Assignment – 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Online Quiz-Q2 3,4,5 Q2-10

Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: Q=(Q1+Q2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 Q=10

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Attendance C= 5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+Q+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 60

Total Marks: 40+60 1,2,3,4,5 100

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in

Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.

PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become

successful in multidisciplinary activities.

PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering

problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of

mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems

and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and

synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and

modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering

activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to

assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need

for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and

norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and

write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and

receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and

leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

PSO1: To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal

systems.

PSO2: To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and

manufacturability of products.

PSO3: To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of

performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation

of energy and other process equipment.

Position Course

Instructor

Course

Coordinator

Module

Coordinator HOD

Name Dr.S.Pichi

Reddy Dr.S.Pichi Reddy J.Subba Reddy Dr.S.Pichi Reddy

Signature

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,

Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015 L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., ECE – A Section

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering Lab – 17EC73

STRUCTURE : 0-0-2

COURSE CREDITS : 2

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course provides practical exposure on linear, non linear wave shaping circuits and

switching behaviour of non linear devices. It also demonstrates the generation of non

sinusoidal signals, as well as realization of sampling circuits.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:

CO1 Analyze basic electronic devices and circuits.

CO2 Examine different applications of OP-AMP and 555 timers.

CO3 Apply logic gates for different applications.

CO4 Design the basic circuits using Multisim simulation software.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX(Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --

CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

CO3 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

CO4 1 1 1 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

LAB SCHEDULE (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Minimum 12 Experiments to be conducted)

S.No.

Experiments to be conducted

No. of Classes

Required

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

HOD Sign

Weekly

CYCLE-1

1. Introduction Lab experiments

2 17 – 06 - 19

TLM8

2. V-I Characteristics of P-N junction diode

2 24 – 06 – 19

TLM8

3. V-I Characteristics of zener diode

2 01 – 07 – 19

TLM8

4. Half wave rectifier without filter

2 08 – 07 – 19

TLM8

5. Half wave rectifier with filter 2

15 – 07 – 19

TLM8

6. Full wave rectifier without filter

2 22 – 07 – 19

TLM8

7. Full wave rectifier with filter 2

29 – 07 – 19

TLM8

CYCLE-2

8. Transistor characteristics in common emitter mode

2 19 – 08 – 19

TLM8

9. Frequency response of common emitter amplifier

2 26 – 08 – 19

TLM8

10. 741 Op-amp as inverting amplifier

2 09 – 09 – 19

TLM8

11. 741 Op-amp as non- inverting amplifier

2 16 – 09 – 19

TLM8

12. 741 Op-amp applications – Adder and Subtractor

2 23 – 09 – 19

TLM8

13. 741 Op-amp as comparator 2

30 – 09 – 19

TLM8

14. Internal Exam 2

07 – 10 – 19

TLM8

No. of classes required to complete: 28 No. of classes conducted:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W

I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W

II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W

II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W

Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W

Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W

*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Day to Day work 1,2,3,4 A1=20

Attendance (>95%=5, 90-95%=4,85-90%=3,80-85%=2,75-80%=1)

A2=5

Viva-Voce 1,2,3,4 A3=5

Internal Lab Examination 1,2,3,4 B=10

Total Internal Marks(A1+A2+A3+B) C=40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4 D=60

Total Marks: C+D 1,2,3,4 100

Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Dr. M.Venkata Sudhakar Dr. Y.Amar Babu

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(Autonomous)

Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi

Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Laboratory Code Lab/Practicals

: 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment

: 40

A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : A

Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor

Mr.G.Naresh, Assistant Professor

COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVE:

The main objective of the course is to determine the various mechanical properties of various materials under different loading conditions and study the micro structure of alloys.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After completion of the course students are able to:

CO1: Prepare the specimens as per standards

CO2: Observe microstructure of different materials.

CO3: Analyze the properties of materials based on microstructure.

CO4: Perform hardness test and heat treatment of steels.

Course Articulation Matrix:

17ME6 3

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2

CO2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2

CO3 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2

CO4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(Autonomous)

Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi

Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Laboratory Code Lab/Practicals

: 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment

: 40

A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : A

Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor

Mr.G.Naresh, Assistant Professor

At least 10 experiments are to be conducted:

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Preparation and study of micro structure of copper.(MET 1)

2. Preparation and study of micro structure of aluminium.( (MET 2)

3. Preparation and study of the structure of low carbon steels(MET3)

4. Preparation and study of the structure of medium carbon steels (MET 4)

5. Preparation and study of the structure of high carbon steels (MET 5)

6. Preparation and study structure of the microstructure of brass (MET 6) 7. Preparation and study of the structure of gray cast iron, malleable cast iron and nodular

cast iron (MET 7)

8. Hardenability of steels by jominy end quench test (MET 8)

9. Hardness of various treated and untreated steels.(MET 9)

10. Fabrication of FRP composite by Hand lay-up method. (MET10)

11. Fabrication of FRP composite by Vacuum bag moulding. (MET11)

12. Study of Age hardening of Al-Cu alloy.(MET12)

13. Study of microstructure of heat treated steels. (MET 13)

14. Study of age hardening of al-cu alloy (MET14 )

15. Study of Fe-Fe3 equilibrium diagram. (MET 15) REFERENCES Lab Manual

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(Autonomous)

Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi

Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Laboratory Code Lab/Practicals

: 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment

: 40

A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : A

Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor

Mr.G.Naresh, Assistant Professor

Batches (Section – A)

Total No. of students :

Batch B1 :

Batch B2 :

Sub Batches of B1:

18761A0301-308,310-347,349-355,19765A0301-312

18761A0301-308,310-334

18761A0335-347,349-355,19765A0301-312

= 65

= 33

= 32

Sub Batches of B2:

S. No Batch Registered Nos Total

1 B21 18761A0335-340 06

2 B22 18761A0341-346 06

3 B23 18761A0347,349-352 05

4 B24 18761A0353-

355,19765A0301,302 05

5 B25 19765A0303-307 05

6 B26 19765A0308-312 05

Total 32

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator

S. No Batch Registered Nos Total

1 B11 18761A0301-306 06

2 B12 18761A0307,308,310-313 06

3 B13 18761A0314-319 06

4 B14 18761A0320-324 05

5 B15 18761A0325-329 05

6 B16 18761A0330-334 05

Total 33

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(Autonomous)

Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi

Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Laboratory Code Lab/Practicals

: 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment

: 40

A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : A

Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor

Mr.G.Naresh, Assistant Professor

Notification of Cycles (Section – A)

Batches Laboratory Cycle Experiment No.s

B1 & B2 MATELLAURGY & MATERIAL

SCIENCE LAB

I MET 1 to MET 6

II MET 7 to MET 12

Total No. of students : 18761A0301-308,310-347,349-355,19765A0301-312 = 65

Batch B1 : 18761A0301-308,310-334 = 33

Batch B2 : 18761A0335-347,349-355,19765A0301-312 = 32

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous)

Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi, Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi

& certified by ISO 9001:2015

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Schedule of METALURGY & MATERIAL SCIENCE LAB (Section – C)

Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB

Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week

A.Y. : 2019-20 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III

Semester Section : A

Instructors : Mr. R.PRAVEEN KUMAR, Assistant Professor and

Mr. G.NARESH, Assistant Professor

S

.

N o

Date

Batches

B11

B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 Date B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26

1 18-06- 2019

Demonstration of MMS Lab

21-06- 2019

Demonstration of MMS Lab

2 25-06- 2019

MET

– 1

MET

– 2

MET

– 3

MET

– 4

MET

– 5

MET

– 6 28-06- 2019

MET

–1

MET

– 2

MET

– 3

MET

– 4

MET

– 5

MET

– 6

3 02-07- 2019

MET

– 2

MET

– 3

MET

– 4

MET

– 5

MET

– 6 MET

– 7

05-07- 2019

MET

– 2

MET

– 3

MET

– 4

MET

– 5

MET

– 6 MET

– 7

4 09-07- 2019

MET

– 3

MET

– 4 MET

– 5

MET

– 6 MET

– 7

MET

– 8

12-07- 2019

MET

– 3

MET

– 4 MET

– 5

MET

– 6 MET

– 7

MET

– 8

5 16-07- 2019

MET

– 4

MET

– 5 MET

– 6

MET

– 7

MET

– 8

MET

– 9

19-07- 2019

MET

– 4

MET

– 5 MET

– 6

MET

– 7

MET

– 8

MET

– 9

6 23-07- 2019

MET

– 5 MET

– 6

MET–

7

MET–

8

MET

– 9

MET

–10

26-07- 2019

MET

– 5 MET

– 6

MET

– 7

MET

– 8

MET

– 9

MET

–10

7 30-07- 2019

MET

– 6

MET

– 7

MET–

8

MET

– 9

MET

- 10

MET

– 1

02-08- 2019

MET

– 6

MET

– 7

MET

– 8

MET

– 9

MET-

10

MET

– 1

05-08-2019

to 10-08-2019

I Mid Examinations

8 13-08- 2019

MET

– 7

MET

– 8

MET

–9

MET

– 10 MET

– 1

MET-

2

16-08- 2019

MET

– 7

MET

– 8

MET

–9

MET

– 10 MET

– 1

MET-

2

9 20-08- 2019

MET

– 8

MET

–9

MET

– 10 MET

– 1

MET

–2

MET

– 3

23-08- 2019

MET

– 8

MET

–9

MET

– 10 MET

– 1

MET

–2

MET

– 3

1

0

27-08-

2019

MET

– 9

MET

– 10 MET

– 1

MET

–2

MET

– 3

MET

– 4

30-08-

2019 MET

– 9

MET

– 10 MET

– 1

MET

–2

MET

– 3

MET

– 4

1 1

03-09- 2019

MET

– 10

MET

– 1 MET–

2

MET–

3 MET

– 4

MET

– 5 06-09- 2019

MET

– 10

MET

– 1 MET–

2

MET–

3 MET

– 4

MET

– 5

1 2

17-09- 2019

Repetition 13-09- 2019

Repetition

1

3 24-09- 2019

Viva Voce exam / Add on Experiments for all batches

20-09- 2019

Viva Voce exam / Add on Experiments for all batches

1

4 01-10- 2019

Internal Examination 27-09- 2019

Internal Examination

14-10-2019

to 19-10-2019

II Mid Examinations

Batches:

S.

N

o

Batc

h

Registered

Nos

Tota

l

S. No

Ba

tch

Registe

red

Nos

To

tal

S.

No

Batch

Registe

red Nos

To

tal

S.

No

Batc

h

Registered

Nos

Total

1

B11

18761A03

01-306

06

4

B1

4

18761

A0320

-324

05

7

B21

18761

A0335

-340

06

10

B24

18761A03

53-

355,19765

A0301,302

05

2

B12

18761A03

07,308,31 0-313

06

5

B1

5

18761

A0325 -329

05

8

B22

18761

A0341 -346

06

11

B25

19765A03

03-307

05

3

B13

18761A03

14-319

06

6

B1

6

18761

A0330

-334

05

9

B23

18761

A0347,

349-

352

05

12

B26

19765A03

08-312

05

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HoD

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,

NAAC Accredited with ‘B++’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015) L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Accredited by NBA Tier – I)

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Sem., ME

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Materials Testing Lab, 17ME64 (R-17)

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2

COURSE CREDITS : 1

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : B.SUDHEER KUMAR/M.BHAVANI

COURSE COORDINATOR : K.V.V.Viswanadh

PRE-REQUISITE: Engineering Mechanics

COURSE OBJECTIVE:

The Objective of this course is to make the students observe the response of the materials under different loads and measure various mechanical properties. COURSE OUTCOMES (CO)

CO 1 Observe the behavior of materials by conducting tension, compression & shear

tests.

CO 2 Evaluate the impact strength of materials.

CO 3 Determine the hardness of given material.

CO 4 Determine the Elastic constants of given materials by using flexure and torsion

tests.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):

COs PO 1

PO 2

PO 3

PO 4

PO 5

PO 6

PO 7

PO 8

PO 9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO1 1 3 2 1 3

CO2 1 3 2 1 3

CO3 1 3 2 1 3

CO4 1 3 2 1 3

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’

1- Slight (Low), 2 - Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., B Sec

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Environmental Science- 17FE03

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-0-0

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer

COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer

PRE-REQUISITE:

COURSE OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to provide a general background on

developing an understanding of systems and cycles on the earth and how individual

organisms live together in complex communities and how human activities influence our air,

water and soil. It also helps in developing an understanding about our use of fossil fuels and

effect on climate and sustainable management of natural resources.

COURSE OUT COMES (CO): After the completion of the course, students

should be able to:

CO1: Identify environmental problems arising due to engineering and technological activities that help to be the part of sustainable solutions.

CO2: Evaluate local, regional and global environmental issues related to resources and their

sustainable management.

CO3: Realize the importance of ecosystem and biodiversity for maintaining ecological

balance.

CO4: Acknowledge and prevent the problems related to pollution of air, water and soil.

CO5: Identify the significance of implementing environmental laws and abatement devices

for environmental management.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs& POs,

PSOs):

Course

Outcomes

PO’s

ENVIRONMENAL STUDIES

Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CO1. 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO2. 3 3 3 3 3

CO3. 3 3 2 2

CO4. 3 2 3 2 3

CO5. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 Anubha Kaushik, C.P.Kaushik, “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, New age

international publishers, 5th Edition, Delhi, 2016.

T2 Mahua Basu, S. Xavier, “Fundamentals of Environmental Studies”, Cambridge

University Press, 1st Edition, Delhi, 2016.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 S. Deswal, A. Deswal, “A Basic course in Environmental Studies”, Educational &

Technical Publishers, 2nd Edition, Delhi, 2014.

R2 R. Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies (From Crisis to Cure)”, Oxford University

Press, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2012.

R3 De, A.K, “Environmental Chemistry”, New Age International (P) Limited, 5th Edition, New Delhi, 2003.

R4 Dr.K.V.S.G. Murali Krishna, “Environmental Studies”, VGS Techno Series, 1st

Edition, Vijayawada, 2010. R5 G. Tyler Miller, Scott Spoolman, “Introduction to Environmental Studies”, Cengage

Learning, 13th Edition, New Delhi, 2009.

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

UNIT-I: NATURE AND SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1.

Introduction, components

of Environment

1

18-06-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

2.

Scope and importance

of environmental

studies

1 20-06-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

3.

Population explosion and

variations among

Nations.

1 22-06-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

4. Resettlement and

Rehabilitation - Issues and possible solutions

1

25-06-2019

1,2,9

CO1

T1

5. Environment and human health

1 27-06-2019

1,2 CO1 T1

6. HIV-AIDS, 1 29-06-2019 1,2 CO1 T1

7. Environmental ethics 1 02-07-2019 1,2 CO1 T1

8.

Role of Information Technology in

environmental

management and human health

1

04-07-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

9. Assignment in UNIT I 1 06-07-2019 6 CO1 T1

10. Tutorial -1 1 09-07-2019 3

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I

10

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-II: NATURAL RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

11. Introduction and classification

of Natural resources 1 11-07-2019

1,2

CO2 T1

12. Forest Resources 1 16-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

13. Water Resources 1 18-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

14. Water Resources 1 20-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

15. Tutorial-2 & Assignment in

Unit II 1 23-07-2019

3&6

CO2 T1

16. Mineral Resources 1 25-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

17. Food Resources 1 27-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

18. Food Resources 1 30-07-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

19. Energy Resources 1 01-08-2019

20. Energy Resources 1 03-08-2019 1,2 CO2 T1

21. I MID Examinations 06-08-2019

22. I MID Examinations 08-08-2019

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

10

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-III: ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

23. Definition, structure and

functions of an ecosystem Food chains and Food webs

1

13-08-2019

1,2 CO3 T1,T2

24. Ecological succession,

Ecological pyramids 1 17-08-2019

1,2 CO3 T1, T2

25.

Biogeochemical cycles, Major

Types of Ecosystems – Forest, Grassland, Desert Land &

aquatic Ecosystem, Ecological Niche and Keystone Species

1

20-08-2019

1,2

CO3 T1, T2

26. Tutorial-3 & Assignment

Unit III 1 22-08-2019

3&6 CO3 T1, T2

27.

Biogeographical classification

of India. India as a mega

diversity nation

1

27-08-2019

1,2

CO3 T1, T2

28.

Values of biodiversity- Direct

and Indirect values. Threats to biodiversity; Man and wild

life conflicts. Endangered and endemic species of India

1

29-08-2019

1,2,9

CO3 T1, T2

29. Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation methods

1

31-08-2019 1,2 CO3 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III

07

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

30.

Introduction to

Environmental Pollution

Causes, effects and control measures of: Air Pollution

1

03-09-2019

31. Causes, effects and control

measures of: Water Pollution

1

05-09-2019

1,2,9

CO4

T1, T2

32. Causes, effects and control measures of: Soil Pollution

1 07-09-2019

1,2,9 CO4 T1, T2

33. Tutorial-4 & Assignment

in Unit IV 1 12-09-2019

3&6 CO4 T1, T2

34.

Causes, effects and control

measures of: Noise

Pollution. Causes, effects

and control measures of:

Nuclear Pollution

1

17-09-2019

1,2,9

CO4

T1, T2

35. Solid Waste Management 1 19-09-2019 1,2,9 CO4 T1, T2

36.

Environmental Issues relating to Climate change,

global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion

1

21-09-2019

1,2,9

CO4

T1, T2

37.

Disaster Management- Floods, Cyclones,

Earthquakes, Landslides and

Tsunamis.

1

24-09-2019

1,2,9

CO4

T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV

08

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

38. Sustainable development and unsustainability

1 26-09-2019

1,2

39. Stockholm and Rio Summit 1 28-09-2019 1,2

40. Tutorial-5 & Assignment

in UNIT- V

1

01-10-2019

1,2

T2

41. Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA), Green building

1

03-10-2019

1,2

T2

42. Consumerism and Waste

products. Carbon credits and carbon trading.

1

05-10-2019

1,2

T2

43.

Environmental Law- Air,

Water Acts. Wild life,

Forest, and Environmental protection act

1

10-10-2019

1,2

T2

44. II MID EXAMINATION 15-10-2019

45. II MID EXAMINATION 17-10-2019

46 II MID EXAMINATION 19-10-2019

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V

06

No. of classes taken:

Contents beyond the Syllabus

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

47 Case studies of Environmental Pollution

1

1,2

48 Limitations for Environmental Legislation in India

1

1,2

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7

I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1

II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9

II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2019 1

Preparation and Practical 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 1½

Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B 1,2,3,4,5 A+B=25

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 C=75

Total Marks: A+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 100

Dr. Shaheda Niloufer Dr. Shaheda Niloufer

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD

COURSE HANDOUT

Part-A

PROGRAM : II B. Tech.MECH-B, III-Sem.,

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-2020

COURSE NAME & CODE : NUMERICAL METHODS AND FOURIER ANALYSIS

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 4-1-0

COURSE CREDITS 4

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : K.BHANU LAKSHMI

COURSE COORDINATOR : Y.P.C.S. Anil Kumar

PRE-REQUISITES : None

COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The main objective of this course is to enable

the students learn numerical techniques for solving the equations, interpolation, differential equations and fitting of various curves. They will also learn about the Fourier analysis of single valued

functions.

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

After completion of the course, the student will be able to CO1: Compare the rate of accuracy between various methods and approximating the root of the

equation and distinguish among the criteria of section and procedures of various numerical integration

rules.

CO2: Estimate the best fit polynomial for the given tabulated data using the methods of Newton’s

interpolation formulae and Lagrange’s interpolation.

CO3: Apply various numerical methods in solving the initial value problem involving the ordinary

differential equations.

CO4: Estimate the unknown dependent variable using curve fitting methods.

CO5: Generate the single valued functions in the form of Fourier series and obtained the Fourier

Transforms.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos &POs, PSOs):

COs

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

CO1 3 2 2 1

CO2 3 2 2 1

CO3 3 2 2 1 CO4 3 2 2 1 CO5 3 2 1

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’

1- Slight (Low), 2 – Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 S.S. Sastry, “Introductory methods of numerical analysis”, 5th Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2005

T2 Dr. B. V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 1stEdition, TMH, New Delhi, 2010.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Dr. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 42ndEdition, Khanna Publishers, New

Delhi, 2012.

R2 Steven. C. Chopra, Ra. P. Canale, “Numerical methods for engineers with programming and

software application”, 4th edition, TMH, New Delhi, 2002.

R3 M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar, M. K. Jain, “Numerical methods for scientific and engineering

computation”, 5th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2007

Part-B

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN):

UNIT-I: Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations and Numerical

Integration

S. No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Introduction to the course

1 17/6/19

TLM1

2. Course outcomes 1 18/6/19 TLM1

3. Algebraic and

Transcendental Equation

1

19/6/19

TLM1

CO1

T1,T2

4. False Position method

1 20/6/19

TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

5. TUTORIAL-1 1 22/6/19 TLM3 CO1 T1,T2

6. False Position method

1 24/6/19

TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

7. Newton- Raphson

Method in one variable

1

25/6/19

TLM1

CO1

T1,T2

8. Newton- Raphson

Method in one variable

26/6/19

TLM1

CO1

T1,T2

9. Numerical

integration & Trapezoidal rule

1 27/6/19

TLM1

CO1

T1,T2

10. TUTORIAL-2 29/6/19

TLM3 CO1 T1,T2

11. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule 1 1/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

12. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule 1 2/7/19

TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

13. Simpson’s 3/8 Rule. 1 3/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

14. Simpson’s 3/8 Rule. 1 4/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

15. Assignment 1 6/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2

16. Quiz-1 1 8/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-I 16 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-II: Interpolation and Finite Differences

S. No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign Weekly

17. Introduction – Finite 1 9/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

differences

18. Forward Differences-

Backward differences –Central

1 10/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

differences

19. Forward Differences-

Backward differences –Central

1 11/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

differences

20. Symbolic relations

and separation

1 15/7/19

TLM1

CO2

T1,T2 of symbols

21. Symbolic relations

and separation

1 16/7/19

TLM1

CO2

T1,T2 of symbols

22. Newton’s formulae 17/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

for interpolation

23. Newton’s formulae

for interpolation

1

18/7/19 TLM1

CO2

T1,T2

24. TUTORIAL-3 1 20/7/19

TLM3 CO2 T1,T2

25. Newton’s formulae

for interpolation

1 22/7/19

TLM1

CO2

T1,T2

26. Newton’s formulae

for interpolation

1

23/7/19

TLM1

CO2

T1,T2

27. Lagrange’s 1 24/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

Interpolation

28. Lagrange’s 1

25/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

Interpolation

29. TUTORIAL-4 1 27/7/19 TLM3 CO2 T1,T2

30. Problems 1 29/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

31. Assignment 1 30/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2

32. Quiz-2 1 31/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2

33. Revision 1 1/8/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

34. Swayam Prabha 1 3/8/19 TLM5 CO1,CO2 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

18 No. of classes taken:

I MID EXAMINATIONS (5-8-19 TO 10-8-19)

UNIT-III: Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations

S. No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

35. Introduction to Unit- III

1 13/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

36. Solution by Taylor’s

series 1

14/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

37. Solution by Taylor’s series

1 17/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

38. Picard’s Method 1 19/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

39. Euler’s Method 1 20/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

40. TUTORIAL-5 1 21/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2

41. Modified Euler’s Method

1 22/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

42. Runge- Kutta Method

1 26/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

43. Runge- Kutta Method

1 27/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

44. TUTORIAL-6 1 28/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2

45. Assignment 1 29/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2

46. Quiz-3 1 31/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-III 12 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV: Curve Fitting

S. No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

47. Introduction to UNIT IV

1 3/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

48. Fitting of a Straight line

1 4/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

49. Fitting of a second degree polynomial

1 5/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

50. TUTORIAL-7 1 7/9/19

TLM3 CO4 T1,T2

51. Fitting of a second degree polynomial

1 9/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

52. Fitting of exponential curves

1 11/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

53. Fitting of a power curve

1 12/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

54. TUTORIAL-8 1 16/9/19 TLM3 CO4 T1,T2

55. Assignment 1 17/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2

56. Quiz-4 1 18/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV

10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms

S. No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

57. Determination of Fourier coefficients

1 19/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

58. Even and Odd Functions

1 21/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

59. Fourier Cosine and Sine Series

1 23/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

60. Fourier Cosine and Sine Series

1 24/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

61. TUTORIAL-9 1

25/9/19 TLM3

CO5 T1,T2

62. Fourier Series in an arbitrary interval

1 26/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

63. Half-range Sine and Cosine series

1 28/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

64. Half-range series in an arbitrary interval

1 30/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

65. Fourier Integral theorem, Fourier sine and cosine integrals

1 1/10/19

TLM1

CO5

T1,T2

66. Fourier Integral theorem, Fourier sine and cosine integrals

1

3/10/19

TLM1

CO5

T1,T2

67. Fourier Transform, Inverse Transform

1 5/10/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

68. Sine and cosine transforms, Properties

1

7/10/19

TLM1

CO5

T1,T2

69. TUTORIAL-10 1

9/10/19 TLM3

CO5 T1,T2

70. Assignment/Quiz-5 1

10/10/19

TLM6 CO5 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V

14 No. of classes taken:

Contents beyond the Syllabus S. No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign Weekly

71. Finite Fourier Transforms(Swayam Prabha)

1

12/10/19

TLM5

CO5

T1,T2

No. of classes 1 No. of classes taken:

II MID EXAMINATIONS (14-10-19 TO 19-10-19)

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)

TLM2 PPT TLM6 Assignment or Quiz

TLM3 Tutorial TLM7 Group Discussion/Project

TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)

Part - C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task Units Marks

Assignment– 1 1 A1=5

Assignment– 2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Online Quiz-1 1,2 C1=10

Assignment– 3 3 A3=5

Assignment– 4 4 A4=5

Assignment– 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Online Quiz-2 3,4,5 C2=10

Evaluation of Assignment: A=Avg (Best of Four(A1,A2,A3,A4,A5)) 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=10

Attendance Marks based on Percentage of attendance D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 40

Semester End Examinations : E 1,2,3,4,5 60

Total Marks: A+B+C+D+E 1,2,3,4,5 100

K.BHANU LAKSHMI Y.P.C.S. Anil Kumar Dr.A.RAMI REDDY Dr.A.RAMI REDDY

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,

Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015 L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

PART - A

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III Sem., ME- B -SEC

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering – [17EC50]

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical Engineering,

Course Educational Objective: This course will provide introduction to semiconductor materials, operation of electronic devices like diodes, transistors and their applications. These courses further provides knowledge about logic gates, implementation of digital circuits using logic gates and understand the constraints of operational amplifier.

COURSE OUTCOMES (CO):

CO1: Know the basics of semiconductor materials and operation of electronic devices

CO2: Use of junction diode and transistor for different applications.

CO3: Design amplifier circuits using transistor

CO4: Analyze the digital circuits using logic gates

CO5: Design the combinational & sequential circuits using logic gates and examine the

characteristics related to OP-AMP.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 R.L.Boylested and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Pearson/ prentice Hall

Publishers. T2 Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, PHI Publishers, 4th Edition.

BOS APPROVED

R1 Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkies, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 3 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 1 -- -- --

CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- --

CO3 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --

CO4 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- --

CO5 2 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- 1 2 1 -- -- --

Publishers, New Delhi.

R2 Electronic Devices and Circuits by G.S.N.Raju, I.K.International.

Prescribed Syllabus:

UNIT-I:

Semiconductor Physics: Energy band theory of crystals, types of materials, mobility,

conductivity, semiconductor definition, types of semiconductors, majority and minority

carriers in semiconductors, Fermi level in semiconductors, mass action law. Electronic

Devices: P-N junction diode, biasing conditions of P-N junction diode, V-I characteristics of

junction diode, Zener diode and its applications.

UNIT-II:

Applications of junction diode: Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers, Half wave, full wave

rectifier and bridge rectifier, rectifier circuits operation and parameters, comparison of

rectifier circuits, need of filter in rectifier, rectifier circuits with capacitor, inductor, L-section

and π section filters Introduction to three terminal devices: Introduction to Transistor,

transistor terminals, operation of Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor

(FET) and Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET).

UNIT-III:

Transistor Biasing: Need for biasing, operating point, DC load line, AC load line, Stability,

types of biasing circuits -fixed bias, collector to base bias and voltage divider bias circuits

operation and design. Stability factors S, SI and SII for different basing circuits.

UNIT-IV:

Number System & Boolean Algebra: Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and

hexadecimal), compliments (1s and 2s compliments), Boolean algebra, K-map and its

minimization (up to four variables), Binary codes and code converters. Logic Gates: Basic

logic gates (AND, OR, NOT), universal logic gates (NAND, NOR), and special logic gates

(XOR, XNOR), implementation of digital circuits using logic gates.

UNIT-V:

Combinational & Sequential Circuits: Half adder, full adder, half Subtractor, full Subtractor,

decoder and encoder, Multiplexer and de-multiplexer, sequential circuits, difference between

combinational and sequential circuits, latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T), flip-flop

conversions Operational Amplifiers: Introduction to operational amplifier (OP-AMP), block

diagram of OP-AMP, 741 OP-AMP parameters, 741 Op-Amp applications-adder, subtractor,

741 OP-AMP as integrator and differentiator.

PART – B COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): UNIT-I : Semiconductor Physics & Electronic Devices

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Energy band theory of crystals

01 17 – 06 – 19

2. Types of materials 01 19 – 06 – 19

3. Mobility & conductivity

01 21 – 06 – 19

4. Tutorial 01 22 – 06 – 19

5. Semiconductor types, 01 24 – 06 – 19

6. Majority and minority

carriers in

Semiconductors

26 – 06 – 19

7. Fermi level in semiconductors

01 28 – 06 – 19

8. Tutorial 01 29 – 06 – 19

9. Mass action law. 01 01 – 07 – 19

10. P-N junction diode biasing conditions

01 03 – 07 – 19

11. P-N junction diode V-I Characteristics

01 05 – 07 – 19

12. Tutorial 01 06 – 07 – 19

13. Zener diode operation 01 08 – 07 – 19

14. Zener diode

applications

01 10 – 07 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I

14 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- II : Applications of junction diode & Introduction to three terminal devices

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers,

01 12 – 07 – 19

2. Half wave operation and parameters

01 13 – 07 – 19

3. Full wave rectifier

operation and

parameters

01 15 – 07 – 19

4. Bridge rectifier circuit operation and

01 17 – 07 – 19

5. Comparison of rectifier circuits

01 19 – 07 – 19

6. Tutorial 01 20 – 07 – 19

7. Need of filter in rectifier and

01 22 – 07 – 19

8. rectifier with capacitor as filters

01 24 – 07 – 19

9. Rectifier circuits with

Inductor as filters

01 26 – 07 – 19

10. Rectifier circuits with 01 27 – 07 – 19

L- section and π section filter

11. Tutorial 01 29 – 07 – 19

12. Introduction to

Transistor, transistor

terminals, operation of

Bipolar Junction

Transistor (BJT).

01 31 – 07 – 19

13. Operation of Field

Effect Transistor

(FET)

01 02 – 08 – 19

14. Operation of Metal

Oxide Semiconductor

Field Effect Transistor

(MOSFET)

01 03 – 08 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

14 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- III : Transistor Biasing

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Need for biasing,

operating point, DC

load line and AC load line,

01 14 – 08 – 19

2. Stability definition

and Stability factors S,

SI and SII

01 16 – 08 – 19

3. Types of biasing circuits

01 17 – 08 – 19

4. Tutorial 01 19 – 08 – 19

5. Fixed bias operation and design.

01 21 – 08 – 19

6. Collector to base bias

circuits operation and design.

01 23 – 08 – 19

7. Tutorial 01 26 – 08 – 19

8. Voltage divider bias

circuits operation and

design.

01 28 – 08 – 19

9. Stability factors S, SI

and SII for different

basing circuits.

01 30 – 08 – 19

10. Tutorial 01 31 – 08 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III

10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- IV: Number System & Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1.

Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal),

01

04 – 09 – 19

2. compliments (1s and 2s compliments),

01 06 – 09 – 19

3. Tutorial 01 07 – 09 – 19

4. Boolean algebra, 01 09 – 09 – 19

5.

K-map and its

minimization (up to four variables),

01

11 – 09 – 19

6. Binary codes and code converters.

01 13 – 09 – 19

7.

Basic logic gates

(AND, OR, NOT),

universal logic gates

(NAND, NOR), and

special logic gates (XOR, XNOR),

01

14 – 09 – 19

8.

Implementation of

digital circuits using

logic gates.

01

16 – 09 – 19

9. Tutorial 01 18 – 09 – 19

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-IV 09

No. of classes taken:

UNIT- V: Combinational & Sequential Circuits & Operational Amplifiers

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Half adder, full adder, 01 20 – 09 – 19

2. Half Subtractor, full Subtractor,

01 21 – 0 9 – 19

3. Decoder and Encoder, 01 23 – 0 9 – 19

4. Multiplexer and de- multiplexer,

01 25 – 09 – 19

5. Tutorial 01 27 – 09 – 19

6.

Sequential circuits, difference between

combinational and

sequential circuits,

01

28 – 09 – 19

7. Latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T)

01 30 – 09 – 19

8. Flip-Flop conversions 01 04 – 10 – 19

9. Tutorial 01 05 – 10 – 19

10.

Introduction to OP-

AMP and its parameters

01

07 – 10 – 19

11.

741 Op-Amp

applications- adder,

subtractor,

01

11 – 10 – 19

12.

741 OP-AMP as

integrator and

differentiator.

01

12 – 10 – 19

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-V 12

No. of classes taken:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W

I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W

II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W

II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W

Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W

Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W

*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019

PART – C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment – 2 2 A2=5

Quiz – 1 1,2 B1=10

I-Mid Examination 1,2 C1=20

Assignment – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment – 5 5 A5=5

Quiz – 2 3,4,5 B2=10

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 C2=20

Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Quiz Marks: B= (B1+B2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 B=10

Evaluation of Mid Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=20

Attendance: D D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C+D=40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 E=60

Total Marks: A+B+C+D=E 1,2,3,4,5 100

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

PEO 1: To Attain a solid foundation in Electronics & Communication Engineering fundamentals with an

attitude to pursue continuing education.

PEO 2: To Function professionally in the rapidly changing world with advances in technology.

PEO 3: To Contribute to the needs of the society in solving technical problems using Electronics & Communication Engineering principles, tools and practices.

PEO 4: To Exercise leadership qualities, at levels appropriate to their experience, which addresses issues in a responsive, ethical, and innovative manner.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):

PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,

natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and

design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities

with an understanding of the limitations

PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess

societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice

PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for

sustainable development.

PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and

leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

PSO 1: Communication: Design and develop modern communication technologies for building the inter disciplinary skills to meet current and future needs of industry.

PSO 2: VLSI and Embedded Systems: Design and Analyze Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits or

systems and Implement real time applications in the field of VLSI and Embedded Systems using

relevant tools

PSO 3: Signal Processing: Apply the Signal processing techniques to synthesize and realize the issues related to real time applications

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘B++’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh

COURSE HANDOUT Part-A

PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Semester, B-Section ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Thermodynamics-17ME03 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr. V.Dhana Raju COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. P. Ravindra Kumar PRE-REQUISITES : Engineering Physics

COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs):

To provide insights on laws of thermodynamics and its applications, gas mixtures, pure

substances and thermodynamic cycles.

COURSE OUTCOMES (COS): At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Comprehend the concepts of heat, work, and forms of energy, laws of thermodynamics, mixtures of gases, pure substances and thermodynamics cycles. CO2: Describe various thermal systems using thermodynamic laws and principles CO3: Apply the laws of thermodynamics to solve problems on various thermodynamic systems. CO4: Analyse thermodynamic cycles, properties of pure substances and mixture of gases using thermodynamic concepts. CO5: Evaluate the performance parameters of the thermodynamic cycles, pure substances and gases mixtures.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs and POs and PSOs)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs)- Thermodynamics- (17ME03)

POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 0

11 12 PS O 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO

s

CO1 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1

CO2 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - 3 1 3 - 2

CO3 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 3 - 1

CO4 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1

CO5 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 P.K.Nag, “Engineering Thermodynamics”- McGraw-Hill. 5th Edition, 2013

T2 Y.A. Cengel, and M.A.Boles, “Thermodynamics : An Engineering Approach”, McGraw -

Hill, 7th Edition, 2011.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS: R1 G.J.Van Wylen & Sonntag, “Fundamentals of Thermodynamics”, John Wiley& sons,

publications Inc. 5th Edition, 1998.

R2 E.Rathakrishnan, “Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics”, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2010.

Part-B Course Delivery Plan (Lesson Plan): Section-B

S.NO TOPIC TO BE COVERED No. of

Classes Required

Tentative Date of Completion

Actual Date of Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM

HOD

Signature

Unit-1 BASIC CONCEPTS

1 Basic Concepts and Definitions 1 18-6-19

1

2 Macroscopic & Microscopic approaches 1 19-6-19 1

3 System-Types, Control Volume Properties of system

1 21-6-19 1

4 State, Path, Process, Cycle, path and 1 22-6-19 1,2 point functions.

5 Thermodynamic Equilibrium, Quasistatic process, applications of TD,

1 25-6-19 1,2

Internal Energy, Specific heat , Enthalpy

Tutorial-1 1 26-6-19 3

6 Zeroth law of Thermodynamics

Temperature scales – Temperature

measurement

1

28-6-19

1

7 Constant volume gas thermometer

Numerical Problems on Temperature

scales

2 29-6-19

02-7-19

1

8 Advantages of gas thermometers over 1 03-7-19

liquid thermometers 1,4

9 Numerical problems on Internal energy,

enthalpy, specific heat and latent heat,

2 05-07-19

06-07-19

1,2,3

Assignement-1

10 Tutorial-2 1 09-7-19 3

Number of classes required 13 Number of classes taken:

Unit-II

FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS

11 Introduction, Energy - Property of the 1 10-7-19 1

system

12 Thermodynamic Process and its 1 12-7-19 1,2

derivations

13 First Law Analysis of Closed and open 2 16-7-19 1,2

System undergoing different process 17-7-19

Different forms of stored energy and 2 19-7-19 1

14 forms of energy, heat, work , Mechanical forms of work

20-7-19

15 Applications of first law, PMM1 1 23-7-18 1

Numerical problems on work and energy

Tutorial-3 1 24-7-19 3

16 Thermodynamic analysis of control volume-conservation of mass,

1 26-7-19 1,2

conservation of energy principle

17 Flow work , Steady Flow Process 1 27-7-19 1,2

18 Steady Flow Energy Equation 1 30-7-19 1,2

19

Steady Flow Engineering Devices- Nozzles, Diffusers, Turbine, Compressors, Throttling Valves, Heat

2 31-7-19

02-8-19

1,2,6 Exchangers and Limitations

20 Numerical problems on steady flow 1 03-8-19 1,2,3

energy equation, Assignement-2

21 Tutorial-4 1 03-8-19 3

Number of classes required 15 Number of classes taken:

Unit-III

22 Thermal energy reservoirs, heat engines, Refrigerator, heat pumps

1 13-8-19

1

23 Kelvin-Planks, Clausius statement of second law of thermodynamics

1 14-8-19

1

24 Numerical Problems on Second law of TD

1 16-8-19

1,2,3

25 Equivalence of Kelvin -Planck and Clausius statements

1 17-8-19

1,2

26

Perpetual Motion Machine-II Differences between reversible and irreversible process, Carnot cycle

1

20-8-19

1,2

27

Carnot Theorem –Numerical problem 1 21-8-19

1, 2, 3

28 Entropy: Introduction, Clausius inequality, t-s property diagrams

1 24-8-19

1,2

29 Entropy change for ideal gases - Derivations

1 27-8-19

1,2

30 Isentropic relations for ideal gases,

Principle of increase of entropy 1 28-8-19

1

31 Applications of Entropy- Third law of Thermodynamics

1 30-8-19

1,2

32 Numerical Problems, Assignement-3 1

31-8-19 1, 3

33 Tutorial-5 1 03-9-19 3

Number of classes required 12 Number of classes taken:

Unit-IV

34

Non-reactive mixtures Introduction,

composition of gas mixture ,Mass ,

Volume and mole fractions and

problems

1

04-9-19

1

35

Daltons law of additive pressures

Amagat's law of additive volumes, Ideal

gas mixture and problems

1

06-9-19

1,2

36 Non-reactive mixtures and its problems 1 07-9-19

1

37

Pure substance: Introduction, phase of pure substance, dryness fraction Phase change processes, property diagrams, P- V-T surface, property tables

1

11-9-19

1,2,5

38 Numerical Problems 1 13-9-19

1,5

39 h-s diagrams (Mollier chart) for pure substance, Assignement-4

1 17-9-19

1,2,3,5

40 Tutorial-6 1 18-9-19 3

Number of classes required 07 Number of classes taken:

Unit-V

41

Vapour power cycles: Analysis of Carnot vapour cycle- Numerical Problem

1

20-9-19

1,2,5

42 Simple Rankine cycle and Problem 1 21-9-19 1,2,5

43

Gas power cycles-

Introduction, Analysis of power cycles-

Carnot cycle-Otto cycle –Numerical

problems

1

24-9-19

1,2,5

44 Diesel cycle, Dual cycle - Numerical

Problems 1 25-9-19

1,5

45 Brayton Cycles and its problems 1 27-9-19

1,2

46 Atkinson cycle derivation and numerical

problem 1 28-9-19

1,2

47 Tutorial-7 1 04-10-19

3

48

Refrigeration cycles: Reversed Carnot cycle, Bell-Coleman cycle

1

05-10-19

1,2,6

49 Problems on Bell-Coleman cycles

1 09-10-19 1,2

50 Simple vapour compression cycle and problems, Assignement-5

1 11-10-19

1,2,3

Number of classes required 10 Number of classes taken:

Total Number of classes required for the

subject

57

Contents beyond the syllabus

51 Advanced Thermometers, temperature

indicators

1 11-10-19 1,2

52 Combined and Cogeneration cycles 1 11-10-19 1,2

Delivery Methods (DM):

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)

TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project

Part - C EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment–1 1 A1=5

Assignment–2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Online Quiz-Q1 1,2 Q1-10

Assignment – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment– 4 4 A4=5

Assignment – 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Online Quiz-Q2 3,4,5 Q2-10

Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: Q=(Q1+Q2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 Q=10

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Attendance C= 5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+Q+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 60

Total Marks: 40+60 1,2,3,4,5 100

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in

Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.

PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become

successful in multidisciplinary activities.

PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering

problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of

mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems

and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and

synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and

modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering

activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to

assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and

need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities

and norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with

the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend

and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give

and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of

the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a

member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological

change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal

systems.

2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and

manufacturability of products.

3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of

performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation

of energy and other process equipment.

Course

Instructor Course Coordinator

Module Coordinator

HOD

Signature

Name of the Faculty

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., MECH (B) ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : MECHANICS OF SOLIDS-17ME04 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-1-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : K.V.VISWANADH COURSE COORDINATOR : K.V.VISWANADH PRE-REQUISITE : ENGINEERING MECHANICS

COURSE OBJECTIVE:

The objective of the course is to analyze the stresses & deformations in mechanical members due to various loads. COURSE OUTCOMES (CO):

After completion of the course students will be able to CO1: Compute the stresses & deformations of a member due to axial loading under uniform and non uniform conditions. CO2: Analyze the variation of SF & BM in determinate beams. CO3: Analyze the structural members subjected to flexural and torsional loads. CO4: Analyze the biaxial stresses developed at a point of stressed member and identify shear stresses across the cross section of a beam. CO5: Evaluate deflections for statically determinate beams and analyze the thin and thick pressure vessels.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):

COs PO 1

PO 2

PO 3

PO 4

PO 5

PO 6

PO 7

PO 8

PO 9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO1 3 2 1 1 3

CO2 3 2 1 1 3

CO3 3 2 1 1 3

CO4 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO5 3 2 1 1 1 3

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS: T1 Popov, E.P., “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, PHI, 2ndEdition, 2009 T2 Sadhu Singh, “Strength of Materials”, Khanna Publishers, 10thEdition,

reprint 2013. BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS: R1 S.Ramamrutham, “Strength of Materials”, 14thEdition, DhanpatRai&

Sons, 2011. R2 M.L.Gambhir, “Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics”, PHI Learning, 2009 R3 M.Chakraborti, “Strength of Materials”, S.K.Kataria& Sons R4 R.Subramanian, “Strength of Materials”, 2ndEdition, Oxford University

Press, 2010. R5 R.K.Bansal, “Strength of Materials”, 15thEdition, Laxmi Publishers,

2013. R6 James M.Gere, Barry J.Goodno, “Mechanics of Materials”, 7thEdition,

CEngage Learning, 2009.

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-B

UNIT-I : SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS

UNIT-II : SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

19.

Introduction to Shear force and bending moment; Relation between Shear Force, Bending Moment & rate of Loading

01

20-07-19 TLM1

CO2

T1,R1,R6

20.

Shear force & Bending moment Diagrams for cantilever beam subjected to Concentrated loads & UDL.

01

23-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T2,R6

21. Shear force & Bending moment

Diagrams for Simply supported 01

24-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2 T2,R6

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1.

Introduction to Mechanics of Solids - Course Educational

Objective (CEO) & Course Outcomes (CO’s)

01

18-06-19

TLM1

CO1

T1,R6

2. Concept of Stress & Strain

01 19-06-19

TLM1 CO1 T2,R6

3. Mechanical properties of

Materials 01

20-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T2

4. Stress Strain diagrams for Mild

Steel -Hooke’s Law 01

22-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T1

5. Evaluation of Proof stress by

Offset method 01

25-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T1

6.

Stresses, Strains & Deformations of a body due to axial force Factor of Safety

01

26-06-19

TLM1/ TLM4

CO1

T2,R1,R6

7. Principle of superposition

01 27-06-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO1 T2,R1

8. Bars of uniformly varying sections

01 29-06-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO1 T2,R1

9. Deformation of Stepped bar due

to axial loads 01

02-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

10. Tutorial-I

01 03-07-19

TLM3 CO1 -

11. Stresses in composite bars &

Problems 01

04-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

12. Temperature stresses & problems 01 06-07-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO1 T2,R1

13. Strain energy due to steady load,

sudden load & impact load 01

09-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

14.

Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio &

change in volume; Shear stress & shear strain

01

10-07-19

TLM1

CO1

T2,R1

15. Relation between Young’s

Modulus and shear Modulus 01

11-07-19 TLM1 CO1 T2,R1

16. Relation between Elastic modulii

& Problems 01

16-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

17. Tutorial-II 01 17-07-19

TLM3 CO1 -

18. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-I) 01 18-07-19

TLM6 CO1 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I 18 No. of classes taken:

beam subjected to Concentrated loads & UDL.

22.

Estimation of Maximum bending

moment for simply supported beam

01

25-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T1,T2,R1

23. Tutorial-III

01 27-07-19

TLM3 CO2 -

24.

Shear force & Bending moment

Diagrams for Overhanging beam

subjected to Concentrated loads &

UDL

01

30-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T2,R6

25.

Estimation of Maximum bending

moment & point of contra flexure

for Overhanging beams

01

31-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T2,R1

26. Tutorial-IV 01 01-08-19

TLM3 CO2 -

27. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-II)

01 03-08-19

TLM6 CO2 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II 09 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-III : STRESSES IN BEAMS & TORSION

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

28. Theory of Simple bending,

assumptions 01

13-08-19 TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6

29. Derivation of flexure equation 01 14-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6

30. Section modulus and problems 01 15-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T2,R1

31. Normal stresses due to flexure applications

01 17-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,R6

32. Tutorial-V

01 20-08-19

TLM3 CO3 -

33. Theory of torsion, Assumptions 01 21-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1

34. Derivation of Torsion equation 01 22-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1

35.

Polar modulus, Power transmitted by shaft,

Stresses in solid and hollow circular shafts

01

24-08-19 TLM1

CO3

T1,T2,R1

36. Tutorial-VI 01 27-08-19

TLM3 CO3 -

37. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-III)

01 28-08-19

TLM6 CO3 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV : ANALYSIS OF COMBINED STRESSES & SHEAR STRESSES

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

38.

State of stress at a point, normal and tangential stresses on inclined planes

01

29-08-19 TLM2/ TLM4

CO4

T1,R6

39.

Problem on normal and tangential

stresses on inclined planes

Principle stresses and their planes, maximum shear stress plane

01

31-08-19 TLM2/ TLM4

CO4

T1,R6

40. Mohr’s circle diagram

Problems on Mohr’s circle 01

03-09-19 TLM2/ TLM4

CO4 T1,R6

41. Tutorial-VII

01 04-09-19

TLM3 CO4 -

42.

Concept of shear stress variation

over cross section due to flexural

loads Derivation of lateral shear stress

01

05-09-19 TLM1

CO4

T1,R1,R6

43. Shear stress distribution across rectangular & circular sections

01 07-09-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO4 T2,R1,R6

44. Problems on distribution of Shear

stress 01

11-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO4 T1,T2,R1

45. Tutorial-VIII

01 12-09-19

TLM3 CO4 -

46. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-IV)

01 17-09-19

TLM6 CO4 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV 10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V : DEFELCTION OF BEAMS & THIN AND THICK SHELLS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

47.

Derivation of Differential equation

for elastic line (Deflection Equation)

01

18-09-19 TLM1

CO5

T1,R6

48. Deflection & Slope equations for cantilever beam

01 19-09-19

TLM1 CO5 T1,R6

49. Deflection & Slope equations for simply supported beam

01 21-09-19

TLM1 CO5 T1,R6

50. Macaulay’s method 01 24-09-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO5 T2,R1

51. Tutorial-IX

01 25-09-19

TLM3 CO5 -

52. Introduction to thin & thick shells 01 26-09-19

TLM1 CO5 T2,R1

53. Hoop stress and longitudinal

stresses for thin cylinders 01

28-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO5 T2,R1

54. Change in volume of thin cylinder 01 01-10-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO5 T2,R1

55.

Derivation of Lame’s equations of

Thick cylinders; Problems on thick cylinders

01

03-10-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO5

T2,R1

56. Tutorial-X 01 05-10-19

TLM3 CO5 -

57. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-V)

01 09-10-19

TLM6 CO5 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V 11 No. of classes taken:

Contents beyond the Syllabus

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

58. Theories of Failure 01 10-10-19

TLM2 - R6

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/2019 03/08/2019 7

I Mid Examinations 05/08/2019 10/08/2019 1

II Phase of Instructions 12/08/2019 12/10/2019 9

II Mid Examinations 14/10/2019 19/10/2019 1

Preparation and Practicals 21/10/2019 31/10/2019 1.5

Semester End Examinations 01/11/2019 16/11/2019 2

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Online Quiz Examination-1 1,2 C1=10

Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Online Quiz Examination-2 3,4,5 C2=10

Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Evaluation of Online Quiz Examination: C 1,2,3,4,5 C=10

Evaluation of Attendance marks: D (As per the Academic Regulations) - D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 CIE=40

Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4,5 SEE=60

Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4,5 100

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES: PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering. PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become successful in multidisciplinary activities. PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs): 1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal

systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.

3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.

Course

Instructor Course

Coordinator Module

Coordinator HOD

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)

L.B.Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram – 521 230, Krishna Dt.,Andhra Pradesh,

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

COURSE HANDOUT-B/SEC

Part-A

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., Mechanical Engineering

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Metallurgy and Material Science – 17ME05

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3 (L) – 1 (T) - 0 (P)

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr.Seelam Pichi Reddy, Professor;

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. G.Naresh, Asst. Prof.

PRE-REQUISITES : Applied Mathematics, Engineering Physics, Engineering

Chemistry

COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The objective of this course are to

acquire knowledge on structure of metals and alloys, understand the concept of alloys and

equilibrium diagrams; demonstrate the concept of heat treatment process.

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs) At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1 : Estimate the properties of the metals and alloys based on structures.

CO2 : Classify, construct and analyze equilibrium diagrams.

CO3 : Analyze and distinguish various ferrous, non-ferrous metals and alloys.

CO4 : Identify the influence of mechanical working and heat treatment principles on materials.

CO5 : Classify, analyze and suggest the suitable manufacturing method for composite

materials.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):

C

Os

P

O1

P

O2

P

O3

P

O4

P

O5

P

O6

P

O7

P

O8

P

O9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

C

O1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

1

1 2

C

O2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

1

1 2

C

O3 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

1

1 2

C O4 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

1

1 2

C O5 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

1

1 2

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight (Low),

2 – Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 V.D.Kotgire, S.V Kotgire, Material Science and Metallurgy, Everest Publishing HOUSE 24th Edition,2008.

T2 Sidney H.Avener,Introduction to Physical METALLURGY,Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd

Edition,2011.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Richard A.Flinn,Paul K.T rojan, Engineering Material sand Their Aapplication,Jaico Publishing House, 4th edition,1999.

R2 U.C.Jindal and Atish Mozumber,M aterial since and metallurgy, rearson education-

2012.

UNIT-I:

Part-B

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign Weekly

1. INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Metallurgy and Materials Science

1 17-06-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

2. Classification of Engineering Materials, Mechanical Properties of Materials

1 18-06-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

3. Structure Introduction

of Metals; Crystal Structures- 1 22-06-2019

TLM1, TLM2 CO1 T1, T2

4. Simple cubic and Face centered Cubic structures, Body Centered Cubic structure

1 24-06-2019

TLM1,TLM5 CO1 R1 to R4

5. Closed Pack Hexagonal and Crystallographic Planes 1 25-06-2019 TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

6. Mechanism of Crystallization of Metals, Grain and Grain Boundaries

1 29-06-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

7. Effect of Grain Boundaries on the Properties of Materials, Determination of Grain Size

1 01-07-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

8.

Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of alloying,

Interstitial and Substitutional Solid Solutions, Hume Rotherys rules, Tutorial I

1

02-07-2019

TLM1, TLM2,

TLM3

CO1

R1 to R4

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-II: EQUILIBRIUM DIAGRAMS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Equilibrium of Diagrams-Introduction 1 06-07-2019 TLM1 CO2 T1, T2

2.

Cooling Curves for Pure Metals and

Alloys, Experimental Methods of

Construction of E.D

1

08-07-2019

TLM1

CO2

T1, T2

3.

Classification of E .D, Isomorphous E.D,

Eutectic ED, Partial Eutetic Equilibrium

Diagrams.

1

09-07-2019

TLM1,TLM2

4. Tutorial II 1 15-07-2019 TLM3 CO2 T1, T2

5. Equilibrium Cooling and Heating of Alloys, Lever rule, Coring

1 16-07-2019 TLM1,

TLM5 CO2 R1 to R4

6. Transformations in the Solid State- Allotropy

1 20-07-2019

TLM1

7. Eutectic reaction, Eutectoid reactions,

Tutorial III 1 22-07-2019

TLM1,

TLM3 CO2 T1, T2

8. Peritectoid Reactions, Cu-Ni Equilibrium Diagram, Bi-Cd Equilibrium Diagram

1 23-07-2019

TLM1 CO2 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-III: FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, STEELS AND CAST IRONS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Ferrous Metals and Alloys- Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium

Diagrams 1 27-07-2019

TLM1 CO3

T1, T2

2. Structural Changes in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 29-07-2019 TLM1 CO3 T1, T2

3. Phase Calculations in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 30-07-2019 TLM1 CO3 T1, T2

4. Steels-Introduction, Classification of Steels 1 03-08-2019 TLM1 CO3 R1 to R4

5. Low Carbon Steel, Medium Carbon, High Carbon Steel

1 13-08-2019

TLM1 CO3 T1, T2

6. Cast Irons-Introduction, Classification of Cast Irons 1 17-08-2019 TLM1,

TLM2 CO3 T1, T2

7. White Cast Iron, Malleable Cast Iron, Grey Cast Iron , Spheriodal Graphite C.I

1 19-08-2019 TLM1,

TLM2 CO3 R1 to R4

8. Tutorial IV 1 20-08-2019 TLM3 CO3 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV: MECHANICAL WORKING , HEAT TREATMENT OF ALLOYS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Mechanical Working- Hot Working, Cold Working

1 24-08-2019

TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

2. Strain Hardening, Recovery and Recrystallisation

1 26-08-2019

TLM1 CO4 R1 to R4

3. Heat treatment of Alloys- Annealing,

Normalizing, Hardening 1 27-08-2019

TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

4. Construction of TTT diagrams for Eutectoid Steels

1 31-08-2019

TLM1,TLM2 CO4 T1, T2

5. Hardenability- Jominy End Quench Test, Surface -

1 03-09-2019

TLM1 CO4 R1 to R4

6. Hardening Methods- Introduction 1 07-09-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

7. Induction, Flame Hardening, Carburising, Age Hardening Treatment

1 09-09-2019

TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

8. Tutorial-V 1 16-09-2019 TLM3 CO4 R1 to R4

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V: NON FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, COMPOSITE MATERIALS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Non Ferrous Metals and Alloys-Introduction, Structure, Properties of Copper and it’s Alloys

1 17-09-2019

TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

2. Structure, Properties of Aluminum and it’s Alloys

1 21-09-2019

TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

3. Composite materials : Classification of

Composites 1 23-09-2019

TLM3 CO5 T1, T2

4. Manufacturing of Composite Materials 1 24-09-2019 TLM1,

TLM2 CO5 R1 to R4

5. Hand lay up processes and Filament Winding Processes

1 28-09-2019

TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

6.

SMC Processes, Continuous Pultrusion

Processes, Resin Transfer Moulding

1

30-09-2019

TLM1,TLM2

CO5

T1, T2

7. Metal Ceramic Mixtures-Introduction

1 01-10-2019

TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

8. Metal matrix composites, C-C composites 1 05-10-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4

9. Tutorial-V 1 07-10-2019 TLM3 CO5 R1 to R4

10.

II Mid Examinations

6 days

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 09 No. of classes taken:

CONTENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS:

S.N

o.

Topics

to be

covered

No. of

Classes

Require

d

Tentative

Date of

Completi

on

Actual

Date of

Completi

on

Teachi

ng

Learni

ng

Method

s

Learni

ng

Outco

me

COs

Text

Book

followe

d

HO

D

Sign

1.

Advanc ed Topics

1

TLM1

CO1

T1, T2, R1 to

R5

2.

Advanc

ed

Topics

1

TLM1

CO2

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)

TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam

Prabha/MOOCS)

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

Commencement of Class Work: 18-12-2017

I Phase of Instructions 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7

I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1

II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9

II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2019 1

Preparation and Practical’s 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 1.5

Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2

Part - C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment–1 1 A1=5

Assignment–2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Online Quiz-Q1 1,2 Q1-10

Assignment – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment– 4 4 A4=5

Assignment – 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Online Quiz-Q2 3,4,5 Q2-10

Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: Q=(Q1+Q2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 Q=10

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Attendance C= 5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+Q+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 60

Total Marks: 40+60 1,2,3,4,5 100

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in

Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.

PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become

successful in multidisciplinary activities.

PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering

problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of

mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems

and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and

synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and

modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering

activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to

assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need

for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and

norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and

write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and

receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and

leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

PSO1: To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal

systems.

PSO2: To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and

manufacturability of products.

PSO3: To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of

performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation

of energy and other process equipment.

Position Course

Instructor

Course

Coordinator

Module

Coordinator HOD

Name Dr.S.Pichi

Reddy Dr.S.Pichi Reddy J.Subba Reddy Dr.S.Pichi Reddy

Signature

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi,

Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015 L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., ECE – B Section

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering Lab – 17EC73

STRUCTURE : 0-0-2

COURSE CREDITS : 2

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course provides practical exposure on linear, non linear wave shaping circuits and

switching behaviour of non linear devices. It also demonstrates the generation of non

sinusoidal signals, as well as realization of sampling circuits.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:

CO1 Analyze basic electronic devices and circuits.

CO2 Examine different applications of OP-AMP and 555 timers.

CO3 Apply logic gates for different applications.

CO4 Design the basic circuits using Multisim simulation software.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX(Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --

CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

CO3 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

CO4 1 1 1 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

LAB SCHEDULE (LESSON PLAN): Section-B

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Minimum 12 Experiments to be conducted)

S.No.

Experiments to be conducted

No. of Classes

Required

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

HOD Sign

Weekly

CYCLE-1

1. Introduction Lab experiments

2 21 – 06 - 19

TLM8

2. V-I Characteristics of P-N junction diode

2 28 – 06 – 19

TLM8

3. V-I Characteristics of zener diode

2 05 – 07 – 19

TLM8

4. Half wave rectifier without filter

2 12 – 07 – 19

TLM8

5. Half wave rectifier with filter 2

19 – 07 – 19

TLM8

6. Full wave rectifier without filter

2 26 – 07 – 19

TLM8

7. Full wave rectifier with filter 2

02 – 08 – 19

TLM8

CYCLE-2

8. Transistor characteristics in common emitter mode

2 16 – 08 – 19

TLM8

9. Frequency response of common emitter amplifier

2 23 – 08 – 19

TLM8

10. 741 Op-amp as inverting amplifier

2 30 – 08 – 19

TLM8

11. 741 Op-amp as non- inverting amplifier

2 06 – 09 – 19

TLM8

12. 741 Op-amp applications – Adder and Subtractor

2 13 – 09 – 19

TLM8

13. 741 Op-amp as comparator 2

20 – 09 – 19

TLM8

14. Beyond the Syllabus 2

27 – 10 – 19

TLM8

15. Revision

04 – 10 – 19

16. Internal Exam 2

11 – 10 – 19

TLM8

No. of classes required to complete: 32 No. of classes conducted:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1

Chalk and Talk TLM4

Problem Solving

TLM7

Seminars or GD

TLM2

PPT TLM5

Programming TLM8

Lab Demo

TLM3

Tutorial TLM6

Assignment or Quiz

TLM9

Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Descripti

on

From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019

03 – 08 – 2019 7W

I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 –

2019

10 – 08 – 2019 1W

II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 –

2019

12 – 10 – 2019 9W

II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 –

2019

19 – 10 – 2019 1W

Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 –

2019

31 – 10 – 20019 1½W

Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 –

2019

16 – 11 – 2019 2W

*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Day to Day work 1,2,3,4 A1=20 Attendance (>95%=5, 90-95%=4,85-90%=3,80-85%=2,75-80%=1)

A2=5

Viva-Voce 1,2,3,4 A3=5

Internal Lab Examination 1,2,3,4 B=10

Total Internal Marks(A1+A2+A3+B) C=40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4 D=60

Total Marks: C+D 1,2,3,4 100

Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Dr. M.Venkata Sudhakar Dr. Y.Amar Babu

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(Autonomous) Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi

Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment : 40 A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : B

Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor Mr.A.Dhanunjaya Kumar, Assistant Professor COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVE:

The main objective of the course is to determine the various mechanical properties of various

materials under different loading conditions and study the micro structure of alloys.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After completion of the course students are able to:

CO1: Prepare the specimens as per standards

CO2: Observe microstructure of different materials.

CO3: Analyze the properties of materials based on microstructure.

CO4: Perform hardness test and heat treatment of steels.

Course Articulation Matrix:

17ME6

3

PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

PS

O3

CO1 1 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

CO2 1 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

CO3 1 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

CO4 1 2 1 1 2

1 1 2

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(Autonomous) Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi

Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment : 40 A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : B

Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor Mr.A.Dhanunjaya Kumar, Assistant Professor

At least 10 experiments are to be conducted:

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Preparation and study of micro structure of copper.(MET 1)

2. Preparation and study of micro structure of aluminium.( (MET 2)

3. Preparation and study of the structure of low carbon steels(MET3)

4. Preparation and study of the structure of medium carbon steels (MET 4)

5. Preparation and study of the structure of high carbon steels (MET 5)

6. Preparation and study structure of the microstructure of brass (MET 6) 7. Preparation and study of the structure of gray cast iron, malleable cast iron and nodular

cast iron (MET 7)

8. Hardenability of steels by jominy end quench test (MET 8)

9. Hardness of various treated and untreated steels.(MET 9)

10. Fabrication of FRP composite by Hand lay-up method. (MET10)

11. Fabrication of FRP composite by Vacuum bag moulding. (MET11)

12. Study of Age hardening of Al-Cu alloy.(MET12)

13. Study of microstructure of heat treated steels. (MET 13)

14. Study of age hardening of al-cu alloy (MET14 )

15. Study of Fe-Fe3 equilibrium diagram. (MET 15)

REFERENCES

Lab Manual

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(Autonomous) Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi

Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment : 40 A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : B

Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor Mr.A.Dhanunjaya Kumar, Assistant Professor

Batches (Section – B)

Total No. of students : 18761A0356-358,360-394,396-3B0 = 65

Batch B1 : 18761A0356-358,360-389 = 33

Batch B2 : 18761A0390-394,396-3B0, 19765A0313-324 = 32

Sub Batches of B1:

S. No Batch Registered Nos Total

1 B11 18761A0356-358,360-632 06

2 B12 18761A0363-368 06

3 B13 18761A0369-374 06

4 B14 18761A0375-380 06

5 B15 18761A0381-386 06

6 B16 18761A0387-391 05

Total 35

Sub Batches of B2:

S. No Batch Registered Nos Total

1 B21 18761A0392-394,396-398 06

2 B22 18761A0399-3A4 06

3 B23 18761A03A5-3B0 06

4 B24 19765A0313-317 05

5 B25 19765A0318--322 05

6 B26 19765A0323-326 05

Total 33

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(Autonomous) Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi

Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi & certified by ISO 9001:2015 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week Continuous Internal Assessment : 40 A.Y. : 2019-20 Semester End Examination : 60 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : B

Instructors : Mr. R.Praveen kumar, Assistant Professor Mr.A.Dhanunjaya Kumar, Assistant Professor

Notification of Cycles (Section – B)

Batches Laboratory Cycle Experiment No.s

B1 & B2 MATELLAURGY & MATERIAL

SCIENCE LAB I MET 1 to MET 6

II MET 7 to MET 12

Total No. of students : 18761A0301-308,310-347,349-355,19765A0301-312 = 68

Batch B1 : 18761A0356-358,360-391 = 35

Batch B2 : 18761A0392-394,396-3B0, 19765A0313-326 = 33

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (Autonomous) Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE New Delhi, Accredited by NBA (Tier – I), New Delhi &

certified by ISO 9001:2015

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Schedule of METALURGY & MATERIAL SCIENCE LAB (Section – C)

Laboratory Code : 17ME63 Lab: MMS LAB Lab/Practicals : 2 hrs/ Week A.Y.: 2019-20 Class & Semester : B. Tech – III Semester Section : B

Instructors : Mr. R.PRAVEEN KUMAR, Assistant Professor and Mr. A.DHANUNJAY KUMAR, Assistant Professor

S. No

Date Batches

B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 Date B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26

1 17-06-2019

Demonstration of MMS Lab 20-06-2019

Demonstration of MMS Lab

2 24-06-2019

MET – 1 MET – 2 MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5

MET – 6

27-06-2019

MET –1 MET – 2 MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5

MET – 6

3 01-07-2019

MET – 2 MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6

MET– 7 04-07-2019

MET – 2 MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6

MET– 7

4 08-07-2019

MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6 MET – 7

MET – 8

11-07-2019

MET – 3 MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6 MET – 7

MET – 8

5 15-07-2019

MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6 MET – 7 MET – 8

MET – 9

18-07-2019

MET – 4 MET – 5 MET – 6 MET – 7 MET – 8

MET – 9

6 22-07-2019

MET – 5 MET – 6 MET– 7 MET– 8 MET – 9

MET–10

25-07-2019

MET – 5 MET – 6 MET– 7 MET– 8 MET – 9

MET–10

7 29-07-2019

MET – 6 MET – 7 MET– 8 MET – 9 MET- 10

MET – 1

01-08-2019

MET – 6 MET – 7 MET– 8 MET – 9 MET- 10

MET – 1

05-08-2019 to 10-08-2019

I Mid Examinations

8 19-08-2019

MET – 7 MET – 8 MET –9 MET – 10

MET – 1

MET- 2 22-08-2019

MET – 7 MET – 8 MET –9 MET – 10

MET – 1

MET- 2

9 26-08-2019

MET – 8 MET –9 MET – 10

MET – 1 MET –2 MET – 3

29-08-2019

MET – 8 MET –9 MET – 10

MET – 1 MET –2 MET – 3

10 09-09-2019

MET – 9 MET – 10

MET – 1 MET –2 MET – 3

MET – 4

12-09-2019

MET – 9 MET – 10

MET – 1 MET –2 MET – 3

MET – 4

11 16-09-2019

MET – 10

MET – 1 MET– 2 MET– 3 MET – 4

MET – 5

19-09-2019

MET – 10

MET – 1 MET– 2 MET– 3 MET – 4

MET – 5

12 23-09-2019

Repetition 26-09-2019

Repetition

13 30-09-2019

Internal Examination 03-10-2019

Internal Examination

14-10-2019 to 19-10-2019

II Mid Examinations

Batches:

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator

S. No

Batch

Registered Nos Tota

l

S. No

Batch

Registered Nos

Total

S. No

Batch

Registered Nos Total

S. No

Batch

Registered Nos

Total

1 B11 18761A0356-

358,360-632 06 4 B14

18761A0375-

379 05 7 B21

18761A0392-

394,396-398 06 10 B24

19765A0313-

317 05

2 B12 18761A0363-368

06 5 B15 18761A0380-

385 06 8 B22

18761A0399-

3A4 06 11 B25

19765A0318-

-322 05

3 B13 18761A0369-374

06 6 B16 18761A8635-

391 05 9 B23

18761A03A5-

3B0 06 12 B26

19765A0323-

326 05

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Sem., ME (Section-B)

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Materials Testing Lab, 17ME64

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2

COURSE CREDITS 1

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : K.V.Viswanadh/M.Bhavani

COURSE COORDINATOR : K.V.Viswanadh

PRE-REQUISITE: Engineering Mechanics, Mechanics of Solids

COURSE OBJECTIVE:

The Objective of this course is to make the students observe the response of the materials under different loads and measure various mechanical properties.

COURSE OUTCOMES (CO)

CO 1 Observe the behavior of materials by conducting tension, compression & shear tests.

CO 2 Evaluate the impact strength of materials.

CO 3 Determine the hardness of given material.

CO 4 Determine the Elastic constants of given materials by using flexure and torsion tests.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):

COs PO 1

PO 2

PO 3

PO 4

PO 5

PO 6

PO 7

PO 8

PO 9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO1 1 3 2 1 3

CO2 1 3 2 1 3

CO3 1 3 2 1 3

CO4 1 3 2 1 3

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

REFERENCE:

R1 Lab Manual

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-B

Batch: B1 (18761A0356-391)

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

1. Demonstration 2 17-06-2019

TLM8 -

2. Experiment-1 2 24-06-2019

TLM8 R1

3. Experiment-2

2 01-07-2019

TLM8 R1

4. Experiment-3

2 08-07-2019

TLM8 R1

5. Experiment-4

2 15-07-2019

TLM8 R1

6. Experiment-5

2 22-07-2019

TLM8 R1

7. Repetition 2 29-07-2019

TLM8 R1

8. Demonstration

2 12-08-2019

TLM8 -

9. Experiment-6

2 19-08-2019

TLM8 R1

10. Experiment-7

2 26-08-2019

TLM8 R1

11. Experiment-8

2 02-09-2019

TLM8 R1

12. Experiment-9

2 09-09-2019

TLM8 R1

13. Experiment-10

2 16-09-2019

TLM8 R1

14. Repetition 2 23-09-2019

TLM8 R1

15. Lab Internal 2 30-09-2019

- -

Additional Experiments:

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

1. Compression

test on UTM

2

07-10-2019

TLM8

-

Batch:B2 (18761A0392-3B0 & All LE Students)

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

1.

Demonstration 2 20-06-2019

TLM8 -

2.

Experiment-1 2 27-06-2019

TLM8 R1

3. Experiment-2

2 04-07-2019

TLM8 R1

4. Experiment-3

2 11-07-2019

TLM8 R1

5. Experiment-4

2 18-07-2019

TLM8 R1

6. Experiment-5

2 25-07-2019

TLM8 R1

7. Demonstration

2 01-08-2019

TLM8 -

8. Repetition 15-08-2019

TLM8 R1

9. Experiment-6

2 22-08-2019

TLM8 R1

10. Experiment-7

2 29-08-2019

TLM8 R1

11. Experiment-8

2 05-09-2019

TLM8 R1

12. Experiment-9

2 12-09-2019

TLM8 R1

13. Experiment-10

2 19-09-2019

TLM8 R1

14. Repetition 2 26-09-2019

TLM8 -

15. Lab Internal 2 03-10-2019

- -

Additional Experiments:

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

16. Compression

test on UTM

2

10-10-2019

TLM8

-

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/2019 03/08/2019 7

I Mid Examinations 05/08/2019 10/08/2019 1

II Phase of Instructions 12/08/2019 12/10/2019 9

II Mid Examinations 14/10/2019 19/10/2019 1

Preparation and Practicals 21/10/2019 31/10/2019 1.5

Semester End Examinations 01/11/2019 16/11/2019 2

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task Cos Marks

Day to Day Evaluation: A 1,2,3,4 A=20

Internal Lab Exams: B 1,2,3,4 B=10

Viva Marks: C 1,2,3,4 C=5

Attendance: D - D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4 CIE=40

Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4 SEE=60

Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4 100

Details of Batches:

Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of Students

Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of Students

B1A 18761A0356-363 07 B2A 18761A0392-399 07

B1B 18761A0364-370 07 B2B 18761A03A0-3A6 07 B1C 18761A0371-377 07 B2C 18761A03A7-3B0 04 B1D 18761A0378-384 07 B2D LE Students

B1E 18761A0385-391 07 B2E LE Students

Batch No:

Exp. 01

Exp. 02

Exp. 03

Exp. 04

Exp. 05

Exp. 06

Exp. 07

Exp. 08

Exp. 09

Exp. 10

B1A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10

B1B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6

B1C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7

B1D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8

B1E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9

B2A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10

B2B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6

B2C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7

B2D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8

B2E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO

MT1 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Izod) CO2

MT2 Compression Test on Spring CO1

MT3 Tensile Test on Universal Testing Machine CO1

MT4 Hardness Test on Materials (Brinell) CO3

MT5 Deflection Test on Simply Supported Beams CO4

MT6 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Charpy) CO2

MT7 Torsion Test on Mild Steel Rod CO4

MT8 Shear Test of MS rod on UTM CO1

MT9 Hardness Test on Materials (Rockwell) CO3

MT10 Deflection Test on Cantilever Beams CO4

NOTIFICATION OF CYCLE

Cycle Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO

C

yc

le-1

MT1 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Izod) CO2

MT2 Compression Test on Spring CO1

MT3 Tensile Test on Universal Testing Machine CO1

MT4 Hardness Test on Materials (Brinell) CO3

MT5 Deflection Test on Simply Supported Beams CO4

C

yc

le-2

MT6 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Charpy) CO2

MT7 Torsion Test on Mild Steel Rod CO4

MT8 Shear Test of MS rod on UTM CO1

MT9 Hardness Test on Materials (Rockwell) CO3

MT10 Deflection Test on Cantilever Beams CO4

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:

PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound

knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.

PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to

become successful in multidisciplinary activities.

PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong

learning.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex

engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse

complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first

principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering

problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs

with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural,

societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of

data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources,

and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex

engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge

to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent

responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional

engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the

knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and

responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member

or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering

activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being

able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make

effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of

the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a

member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary

environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological

change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal

systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.

3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.

Course Instructor

Course Coordinator

Module Coordinator

HOD

LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., C Sec

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Environmental Science -17FE03

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-0-0

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : V. Bhagya Lakshmi

COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. Shaheda Niloufer

PRE-REQUISITE:

COURSE OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this course is to provide a general background on

developing an understanding of systems and cycles on the earth and how individual

organisms live together in complex communities and how human activities influence our air,

water and soil. It also helps in developing an understanding about our use of fossil fuels and

effect on climate and sustainable management of natural resources.

COURSE OUT COMES (CO): After the completion of the course, students

should be able to:

CO1: Identify environmental problems arising due to engineering and technological activities

that help to be the part of sustainable solutions.

CO2: Evaluate local, regional and global environmental issues related to resources and their

sustainable management.

CO3: Realize the importance of ecosystem and biodiversity for maintaining ecological

balance.

CO4: Acknowledge and prevent the problems related to pollution of air, water and soil.

CO5: Identify the significance of implementing environmental laws and abatement devices

for environmental management.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs& POs,

PSOs):

Course

Outcomes

PO’s

ENVIRONMENAL STUDIES

Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CO1. 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO2. 3 3 3 3 3

CO3. 3 3 2 2

CO4. 3 2 3 2 3

CO5. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 Anubha Kaushik, C.P.Kaushik, “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, New age

international publishers, 5th Edition, Delhi, 2016.

T2 Mahua Basu, S. Xavier, “Fundamentals of Environmental Studies”, Cambridge

University Press, 1st Edition, Delhi, 2016.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 S. Deswal, A. Deswal, “A Basic course in Environmental Studies”, Educational &

Technical Publishers, 2nd Edition, Delhi, 2014.

R2 R. Rajagopalan, “Environmental Studies (From Crisis to Cure)”, Oxford University

Press, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2012.

R3 De, A.K, “Environmental Chemistry”, New Age International (P) Limited, 5th Edition,

New Delhi, 2003.

R4 Dr.K.V.S.G. Murali Krishna, “Environmental Studies”, VGS Techno Series, 1st

Edition, Vijayawada, 2010. R5 G. Tyler Miller, Scott Spoolman, “Introduction to Environmental Studies”, Cengage

Learning, 13th Edition, New Delhi, 2009.

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

UNIT-I: NATURE AND SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1.

Introduction, components

of Environment

1

17-06-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

2.

Scope and importance

of environmental

studies

1 19-06-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

3.

Population explosion and

variations among

Nations.

1 21-06-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

4. Resettlement and

Rehabilitation - Issues and possible solutions

1

24-06-2019

1,2,9

CO1

T1

5. Environment and human

health

1 26-06-2019

1,2 CO1 T1

6. HIV-AIDS, 1 28-06-2019 1,2 CO1 T1

7. Environmental ethics 1 01-07-2019 1,2 CO1 T1

8.

Role of Information

Technology in

environmental

management and human

health

1

03-07-2019

1,2

CO1

T1

9. Assignment in UNIT I 1 05-07-2019 6 CO1 T1

10. Tutorial -1 1 08-07-2019 3

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I

10

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-II: NATURAL RESOURCES AND CONSERVATION

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

11. Introduction and classification

of Natural resources 1 10-07-2019

1,2

CO2 T1

12. Forest Resources 1 12-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1

13. Water Resources 1 15-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1

14. Water Resources 1 17-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1

15. Tutorial-2 1 19-07-2019 3 CO2 T1

16. Mineral Resources 1 22-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1

17. Food Resources 1 24-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1

18. Food Resources 1 26-07-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1

19. Energy Resources 1 29-07-2019 1,2,9

20. Assignment in Unit II 1 31-07-2019 9 CO2 T1

21. Energy Resources 1 02-08-2019 1,2,9 CO2 T1

22. I MID Examinations 05-08-2019

23. I MID Examinations 07-08-2019

24. I MID Examinations 09-08-2019

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

11

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-III: ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

25.

Definition, structure and

functions of an ecosystem Food chains and Food webs

1

14-08-2019

1,2

CO3 T1,T2

26. Ecological succession, Ecological pyramids

1 16-08-2019 1,2 CO3 T1, T2

27.

Biogeochemical cycles, Major Types of Ecosystems – Forest,

Grassland, Desert Land &

aquatic Ecosystem, Ecological Niche and Keystone Species

1

19-08-2019

1,2

CO3 T1, T2

28. Tutorial-3 1 21-08-2019 3 CO3 T1, T2

29.

Biogeographical classification

of India. India as a mega

diversity nation

1

23-08-2019

1,2

CO3 T1, T2

30.

Values of biodiversity- Direct

and Indirect values. Threats to

biodiversity; Man and wild

life conflicts. Endangered and endemic species of India

1

26-08-2019

1,2,9

CO3 T1, T2

31. Conservation of biodiversity:

In-situ and Ex-situ conservation methods

1

28-08-2019

1,2 CO3 T1, T2

32. Assignment Unit III 1 30-08-2019 9 CO3 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III

08

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

33.

Introduction to

Environmental Pollution

Causes, effects and control measures of: Air Pollution

04-09-2019

1,2

34. Causes, effects and control

measures of: Water Pollution

1

06-09-2019

1,2,9

CO4

T1, T2

35. Causes, effects and control

measures of: Soil Pollution 1 09-09-2019

1,2,9 CO4 T1, T2

36. Tutorial-4 & Assignment

in Unit IV 1 11-09-2019

3&6 CO4 T1, T2

37.

Causes, effects and control

measures of: Noise Pollution. Causes, effects

and control measures of: Nuclear Pollution

1

13-09-2019

1,2,9

CO4

T1, T2

38. Solid Waste Management 1 16-09-2019 1,2 CO4 T1, T2

39.

Environmental Issues

relating to Climate change,

global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion

1

18-09-2019

1,2

CO4

T1, T2

40.

Disaster Management-

Floods, Cyclones, Earthquakes, Landslides and

Tsunamis.

1

20-09-2019

1,2

CO4

T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV

08

No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

41. Sustainable development and unsustainability

1 23-09-2019

1,2

42. Stockholm and Rio Summit 1 25-09-2019 1,2

43. Tutorial-5 & Assignment

in UNIT- V

1

27-09-2019

3,6

T2

44. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA),

1 30-09-2019

1,2

T2

45. Green building 1 04-10-2019 3 T2

46. Consumerism and Waste

products. Carbon credits and carbon trading.

1

07-10-2019

1,2

T2

47.

Environmental Law- Air,

Water Acts. Wild life, Forest, and Environmental

protection act

1

09-10-2019

1,2

T2

48. Revision 1 11-10-2019 1,2 T2

44. II MID EXAMINATION 16-10-2019 1,2 T1, T2

45. II MID EXAMINATION 18-10-2019 1,2 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V

08

No. of classes taken:

Contents beyond the Syllabus

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

49 Case studies of Environmental Pollution

1

1,2

50 Limitations for Environmental Legislation in India

1

1,2

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7

I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1

II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9

II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2019 1

Preparation and Practicals 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 1½

Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B 1,2,3,4,5 A+B=25

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 C=75

Total Marks: A+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 100

V. Bhagya Lakshmi Dr. Shaheda Niloufer

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD

COURSE HANDOUT

Part-A

PROGRAM : II B. Tech.MECH-C, III-Sem.,

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-2020

COURSE NAME & CODE : NUMERICAL METHODS AND FOURIER ANALYSIS

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 4-1-0

COURSE CREDITS 4

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : K.BHANU LAKSHMI

COURSE COORDINATOR : Y.P.C.S. Anil Kumar

PRE-REQUISITES : None

COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The main objective of this course is to enable the students learn numerical techniques for solving the equations, interpolation, differential equations

and fitting of various curves. They will also learn about the Fourier analysis of single valued

functions.

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

After completion of the course, the student will be able to

CO1: Compare the rate of accuracy between various methods and approximating the root of the

equation and distinguish among the criteria of section and procedures of various numerical integration

rules.

CO2: Estimate the best fit polynomial for the given tabulated data using the methods of Newton’s

interpolation formulae and Lagrange’s interpolation.

CO3: Apply various numerical methods in solving the initial value problem involving the ordinary

differential equations.

CO4: Estimate the unknown dependent variable using curve fitting methods.

CO5: Generate the single valued functions in the form of Fourier series and obtained the Fourier Transforms.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos &POs, PSOs):

COs

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

CO1 3 2 2 1

CO2 3 2 2 1

CO3 3 2 2 1 CO4 3 2 2 1 CO5 3 2 1

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’

1- Slight (Low), 2 – Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 S.S. Sastry, “Introductory methods of numerical analysis”, 5th Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2005

T2 Dr. B. V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 1stEdition, TMH, New Delhi, 2010.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Dr. B.S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 42ndEdition, Khanna Publishers, New

Delhi, 2012.

R2 Steven. C. Chopra, Ra. P. Canale, “Numerical methods for engineers with programming and

software application”, 4th edition, TMH, New Delhi, 2002.

R3 M. K. Jain, S. R. K. Iyengar, M. K. Jain, “Numerical methods for scientific and engineering computation”, 5th Edition, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2007

Part-B

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN):

UNIT-I: Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations and Numerical

Integration

S. No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Introduction to the course

1 17/6/19

TLM1

2. Course outcomes 1 18/6/19 TLM1

3. Algebraic and Transcendental Equation

1

19/6/19

TLM1

CO1

T1,T2

4. False Position method

1 20/6/19

TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

5. TUTORIAL-1 1 22/6/19 TLM3 CO1 T1,T2

6. False Position method

1 24/6/19

TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

7. Newton- Raphson

Method in one variable

1

25/6/19

TLM1

CO1

T1,T2

8. Newton- Raphson

Method in one variable

26/6/19

TLM1

CO1

T1,T2

9. Numerical

integration & Trapezoidal rule

1 27/6/19

TLM1

CO1

T1,T2

10. TUTORIAL-2 29/6/19

TLM3 CO1 T1,T2

11. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule 1 1/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

12. Simpson’s 1/3 Rule 1 2/7/19

TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

13. Simpson’s 3/8 Rule. 1 3/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

14. Simpson’s 3/8 Rule. 1 4/7/19 TLM1 CO1 T1,T2

15. Assignment 1 6/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2

16. Quiz-1 1 8/7/19 TLM6 CO1 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I

16 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-II: Interpolation and Finite Differences

S. No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

17. Introduction – Finite 1 9/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

differences

18. Forward Differences-

Backward differences –Central

1 10/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

differences

19. Forward Differences-

Backward differences –Central

1 11/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

differences

20. Symbolic relations and separation

1

15/7/19

TLM1

CO2

T1,T2

of symbols

21. Symbolic relations and separation

1

16/7/19

TLM1

CO2

T1,T2

of symbols

22. Newton’s formulae 17/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

for interpolation

23. Newton’s formulae

for interpolation

1 18/7/19

TLM1

CO2

T1,T2

24. TUTORIAL-3 1 20/7/19

TLM3 CO2 T1,T2

25. Newton’s formulae

for interpolation

1 22/7/19

TLM1

CO2

T1,T2

26. Newton’s formulae

for interpolation

1

23/7/19

TLM1

CO2

T1,T2

27. Lagrange’s 1 24/7/19

TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

Interpolation

28. Lagrange’s 1

25/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

Interpolation

29. TUTORIAL-4 1 27/7/19 TLM3 CO2 T1,T2

30. Problems 1 29/7/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

31. Assignment 1 30/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2

32. Quiz-2 1 31/7/19 TLM6 CO2 T1,T2

33. Revision 1 1/8/19 TLM1 CO2 T1,T2

34. Swayam Prabha 1 3/8/19 TLM5 CO1,CO2 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

18 No. of classes taken:

I MID EXAMINATIONS (5-8-19 TO 10-8-19)

UNIT-III: Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential Equations

S. No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

35. Introduction to Unit- III

1 13/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

36. Solution by Taylor’s series

1 14/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

37. Solution by Taylor’s series

1 17/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

38. Picard’s Method 1 19/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

39. Euler’s Method 1 20/8/19 TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

40. TUTORIAL-5 1 21/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2

41. Modified Euler’s Method

1 22/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

42. Runge- Kutta Method

1 26/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

43. Runge- Kutta Method

1 27/8/19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2

44. TUTORIAL-6 1 28/8/19 TLM3 CO3 T1,T2

45. Assignment 1 29/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2

46. Quiz-3 1 31/8/19 TLM6 CO3 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III

12 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV: Curve Fitting

S. No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

47. Introduction to UNIT IV

1 3/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

48. Fitting of a Straight line

1 4/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

49. Fitting of a second degree polynomial

1 5/9/19 TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

50. TUTORIAL-7 1 7/9/19

TLM3 CO4 T1,T2

51. Fitting of a second

degree polynomial

1 9/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

52. Fitting of exponential curves

1 11/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

53. Fitting of a power curve

1 12/9/19

TLM1 CO4 T1,T2

54. TUTORIAL-8 1 16/9/19 TLM3 CO4 T1,T2

55. Assignment 1 17/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2

56. Quiz-4 1 18/9/19 TLM6 CO4 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV

10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V: Fourier series and Fourier Transforms

S. No.

Topics to be covered No. of Classes

Required

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning

Methods

Learning Outcome

COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

57. Determination of Fourier coefficients

1 19/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

58. Even and Odd 1

21/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

Functions

59. Fourier Cosine and Sine Series

1 23/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

60. Fourier Cosine and Sine Series

1 24/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

61. TUTORIAL-9 1

25/9/19 TLM3

CO5 T1,T2

62. Fourier Series in an arbitrary interval

1 26/9/19 TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

63. Half-range Sine and Cosine series

1 28/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

64. Half-range series in an arbitrary interval

1 30/9/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

65. Fourier Integral theorem, Fourier sine and cosine integrals

1 1/10/19

TLM1

CO5

T1,T2

66. Fourier Integral theorem, Fourier sine and cosine integrals

1

3/10/19

TLM1

CO5

T1,T2

67. Fourier Transform, Inverse Transform

1 5/10/19

TLM1 CO5 T1,T2

68. Sine and cosine transforms, Properties

1

7/10/19

TLM1

CO5

T1,T2

69. TUTORIAL-10 1

9/10/19 TLM3

CO5 T1,T2

70. Assignment/Quiz-5 1

10/10/19

TLM6 CO5 T1,T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V

14 No. of classes taken:

Contents beyond the Syllabus S. No.

Topics to be covered No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

71. Finite Fourier Transforms(Swayam Prabha)

1

12/10/19

TLM5

CO5

T1,T2

No. of classes 1 No. of classes taken:

II MID EXAMINATIONS (14-10-19 TO 19-10-19)

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)

TLM2 PPT TLM6 Assignment or Quiz

TLM3 Tutorial TLM7 Group Discussion/Project

TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)

Part - C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task Units Marks

Assignment– 1 1 A1=5

Assignment– 2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Online Quiz-1 1,2 C1=10

Assignment– 3 3 A3=5

Assignment– 4 4 A4=5

Assignment– 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Online Quiz-2 3,4,5 C2=10

Evaluation of Assignment: A=Avg (Best of Four(A1,A2,A3,A4,A5)) 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Evaluation of Online Quiz Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=10

Attendance Marks based on Percentage of attendance D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 40

Semester End Examinations : E 1,2,3,4,5 60

Total Marks: A+B+C+D+E 1,2,3,4,5 100

K.BHANU LAKSHMI Y.P.C.S. Anil Kumar Dr.A.RAMI REDDY Dr.A.RAMI REDDY

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

PART - A

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III Sem., ME- A -SEC

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering – [17EC50]

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical Engineering,

Course Educational Objective: This course will provide introduction to semiconductor materials, operation of electronic devices like diodes, transistors and their applications. These courses further provides knowledge about logic gates, implementation of digital circuits using logic gates and understand the constraints of operational amplifier.

COURSE OUTCOMES (CO): CO1: Know the basics of semiconductor materials and operation of electronic devices CO2: Use of junction diode and transistor for different applications.

CO3: Design amplifier circuits using transistor

CO4: Analyze the digital circuits using logic gates

CO5: Design the combinational & sequential circuits using logic gates and examine the

characteristics related to OP-AMP.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 3 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 1 -- -- --

CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- --

CO3 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --

CO4 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- --

CO5 2 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- 1 2 1 -- -- --

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 R.L.Boylested and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Pearson/ prentice Hall

Publishers. T2 Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, PHI Publishers, 4th Edition.

BOS APPROVED

R1 Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkies, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,

Publishers, New Delhi. R2 Electronic Devices and Circuits by G.S.N.Raju, I.K.International.

Prescribed Syllabus:

UNIT-I:

Semiconductor Physics: Energy band theory of crystals, types of materials, mobility, conductivity,

semiconductor definition, types of semiconductors, majority and minority carriers in semiconductors,

Fermi level in semiconductors, mass action law. Electronic Devices: P-N junction diode, biasing

conditions of P-N junction diode, V-I characteristics of junction diode, Zener diode and its

applications.

UNIT-II:

Applications of junction diode: Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers, Half wave, full wave rectifier

and bridge rectifier, rectifier circuits operation and parameters, comparison of rectifier circuits, need

of filter in rectifier, rectifier circuits with capacitor, inductor, L-section and π section filters

Introduction to three terminal devices: Introduction to Transistor, transistor terminals, operation of

Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor (FET) and Metal Oxide Semiconductor

Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET).

UNIT-III:

Transistor Biasing: Need for biasing, operating point, DC load line, AC load line, Stability, types of

biasing circuits -fixed bias, collector to base bias and voltage divider bias circuits operation and

design. Stability factors S, SI and SII for different basing circuits.

UNIT-IV:

Number System & Boolean Algebra: Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal),

compliments (1s and 2s compliments), Boolean algebra, K-map and its minimization (up to four

variables), Binary codes and code converters. Logic Gates: Basic logic gates (AND, OR, NOT),

universal logic gates (NAND, NOR), and special logic gates (XOR, XNOR), implementation of

digital circuits using logic gates.

UNIT-V:

Combinational & Sequential Circuits: Half adder, full adder, half Subtractor, full Subtractor, decoder

and encoder, Multiplexer and de-multiplexer, sequential circuits, difference between combinational

and sequential circuits, latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T), flip-flop conversions Operational

Amplifiers: Introduction to operational amplifier (OP-AMP), block diagram of OP-AMP, 741 OP-

AMP parameters, 741 Op-Amp applications-adder, subtractor, 741 OP-AMP as integrator and

differentiator.

PART – B COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): UNIT-I : Semiconductor Physics & Electronic Devices

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Energy band theory of crystals

01 18 – 06 – 19

2. Types of materials 01 19 – 06 – 19

3. Mobility & conductivity

01 20 – 06 – 19

4. Semiconductor types, 01 20 – 06 – 19

5. Tutorial 01 25 – 06 – 19

6. Majority and minority

carriers in

Semiconductors

26 – 06 – 19

7. Fermi level in semiconductors

01 27 – 06 – 19

8. Tutorial 01 27 – 06 – 19

9. Mass action law. 01 02 – 07 – 19

10. P-N junction diode biasing conditions

01 03 – 07 – 19

11. P-N junction diode V-I Characteristics

01 04 – 07 – 19

12. Tutorial 01 04 – 07 – 19

13. Zener diode operation 01 09 – 07 – 19

14. Zener diode applications

01 10 – 07 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I

14 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- II : Applications of junction diode & Introduction to three terminal devices

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers,

01 11 – 07 – 19

2. Half wave operation and parameters

01 11 – 07 – 19

3. Full wave rectifier operation and parameters

01 16 – 07 – 19

4. Bridge rectifier circuit

operation and

01 17 – 07 – 19

5. Comparison of rectifier circuits

01 18 – 07 – 19

6. Tutorial 01 18 – 07 – 19

7. Need of filter in rectifier and

01 23 – 07 – 19

8. rectifier with capacitor as filters

01 24 – 07 – 19

9. Rectifier circuits with

Inductor as filters

01 25 – 07 – 19

10. Tutorial 01 25 – 07 – 19

11. Rectifier circuits with

L- section and π

section filter

01 30 – 07 – 19

12. Introduction to

Transistor, transistor

terminals, operation of

Bipolar Junction

Transistor (BJT).

01 31 – 07 – 19

13. Operation of Field

Effect Transistor

(FET)

01 01 – 08 – 19

14. Operation of Metal

Oxide Semiconductor

Field Effect Transistor

(MOSFET)

01 01 – 08 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

14 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- III : Transistor Biasing

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Need for biasing,

operating point, DC

load line and AC load

line,

01 13 – 08 – 19

2. Stability definition

and Stability factors S,

SI and SII

01 14 – 08 – 19

3. Types of biasing circuits

01 20 – 08 – 19

4. Tutorial 01 21 – 08 – 19

5. Fixed bias operation and design.

01 22 – 08 – 19

6. Tutorial 01 22 – 08 – 19

7. Collector to base bias

circuits operation and

design.

01 27 – 08 – 19

8. Voltage divider bias

circuits operation and design.

01 28 – 08 – 19

9. Stability factors S, SI

and SII for different

basing circuits.

01 29 – 08 – 19

10. Tutorial 01 29 – 08 – 19

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- IV: Number System & Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1.

Number systems

(binary, octal, decimal

and hexadecimal),

01

03 – 09 – 19

2. compliments (1s and 2s compliments),

01 04 – 09 – 19

3. Boolean algebra, 01 05 – 09 – 19

4. Tutorial 01 05 – 09 – 19

5.

K-map and its

minimization (up to four variables),

01

11 – 09 – 19

6. Binary codes and code converters.

01 12 – 09 – 19

7.

Basic logic gates

(AND, OR, NOT),

universal logic gates

(NAND, NOR), and

special logic gates

(XOR, XNOR),

01

12 – 09 – 19

8.

Implementation of

digital circuits using logic gates.

01

17 – 09 – 19

9. Tutorial 01 18 – 09 – 19

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-IV 09

No. of classes taken:

UNIT- V: Combinational & Sequential Circuits & Operational Amplifiers

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Half adder, full adder, 01 19 – 09 – 19

2. Half Subtractor, full Subtractor,

01 19 – 0 9 – 19

3. Decoder and Encoder, 01 24 – 0 9 – 19

4. Multiplexer and de- multiplexer,

01 25 – 09 – 19

5.

Sequential circuits,

difference between

combinational and sequential circuits,

01

26 – 09 – 19

6. Tutorial 01 26 – 09 – 19

7. Latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T)

01 – 10 – 19

8. Flip-Flop conversions 01 03 – 10 – 19

9. Tutorial 01 03 – 10 – 19

10.

Introduction to OP-

AMP and its parameters

01

09 – 10 – 19

11.

741 Op-Amp

applications- adder,

subtractor,

01

10 – 10 – 19

12.

741 OP-AMP as

integrator and

differentiator.

01

10 – 10 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V

12

No. of classes taken:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W

I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W

II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W

II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W

Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W

Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W

*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019

PART – C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment – 2 2 A2=5

Quiz – 1 1,2 B1=10

I-Mid Examination 1,2 C1=20

Assignment – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment – 5 5 A5=5

Quiz – 2 3,4,5 B2=10

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 C2=20

Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Quiz Marks: B= (B1+B2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 B=10

Evaluation of Mid Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=20

Attendance: D D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C+D=40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 E=60

Total Marks: A+B+C+D=E 1,2,3,4,5 100

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

PEO 1: To Attain a solid foundation in Electronics & Communication Engineering fundamentals with an attitude to pursue continuing education.

PEO 2: To Function professionally in the rapidly changing world with advances in technology.

PEO 3: To Contribute to the needs of the society in solving technical problems using Electronics & Communication Engineering principles, tools and practices.

PEO 4: To Exercise leadership qualities, at levels appropriate to their experience, which addresses issues in a responsive, ethical, and innovative manner.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):

PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and

design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations.

PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research

methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the

information to provide valid conclusions.

PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations

PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess

societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the

professional engineering practice

PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for

sustainable development.

PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

PSO 1: Communication: Design and develop modern communication technologies for building the inter disciplinary skills to meet current and future needs of industry.

PSO 2: VLSI and Embedded Systems: Design and Analyze Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits or

systems and Implement real time applications in the field of VLSI and Embedded Systems using relevant tools

PSO 3: Signal Processing: Apply the Signal processing techniques to synthesize and realize the issues related to real time applications

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

PART - A

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III Sem., ME- B -SEC

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering – [17EC50]

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical Engineering,

Course Educational Objective: This course will provide introduction to semiconductor materials, operation of electronic devices like diodes, transistors and their applications. These courses further provides knowledge about logic gates, implementation of digital circuits using logic gates and understand the constraints of operational amplifier.

COURSE OUTCOMES (CO): CO1: Know the basics of semiconductor materials and operation of electronic devices CO2: Use of junction diode and transistor for different applications.

CO3: Design amplifier circuits using transistor

CO4: Analyze the digital circuits using logic gates

CO5: Design the combinational & sequential circuits using logic gates and examine the

characteristics related to OP-AMP.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 3 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 1 -- -- --

CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- --

CO3 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --

CO4 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- --

CO5 2 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- 1 2 1 -- -- --

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 R.L.Boylested and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Pearson/ prentice Hall

Publishers. T2 Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, PHI Publishers, 4th Edition.

BOS APPROVED

R1 Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkies, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,

Publishers, New Delhi. R2 Electronic Devices and Circuits by G.S.N.Raju, I.K.International.

Prescribed Syllabus:

UNIT-I:

Semiconductor Physics: Energy band theory of crystals, types of materials, mobility, conductivity,

semiconductor definition, types of semiconductors, majority and minority carriers in semiconductors,

Fermi level in semiconductors, mass action law. Electronic Devices: P-N junction diode, biasing

conditions of P-N junction diode, V-I characteristics of junction diode, Zener diode and its

applications.

UNIT-II:

Applications of junction diode: Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers, Half wave, full wave rectifier

and bridge rectifier, rectifier circuits operation and parameters, comparison of rectifier circuits, need

of filter in rectifier, rectifier circuits with capacitor, inductor, L-section and π section filters

Introduction to three terminal devices: Introduction to Transistor, transistor terminals, operation of

Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor (FET) and Metal Oxide Semiconductor

Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET).

UNIT-III:

Transistor Biasing: Need for biasing, operating point, DC load line, AC load line, Stability, types of

biasing circuits -fixed bias, collector to base bias and voltage divider bias circuits operation and

design. Stability factors S, SI and SII for different basing circuits.

UNIT-IV:

Number System & Boolean Algebra: Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal),

compliments (1s and 2s compliments), Boolean algebra, K-map and its minimization (up to four

variables), Binary codes and code converters. Logic Gates: Basic logic gates (AND, OR, NOT),

universal logic gates (NAND, NOR), and special logic gates (XOR, XNOR), implementation of

digital circuits using logic gates.

UNIT-V:

Combinational & Sequential Circuits: Half adder, full adder, half Subtractor, full Subtractor, decoder

and encoder, Multiplexer and de-multiplexer, sequential circuits, difference between combinational

and sequential circuits, latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T), flip-flop conversions Operational

Amplifiers: Introduction to operational amplifier (OP-AMP), block diagram of OP-AMP, 741 OP-

AMP parameters, 741 Op-Amp applications-adder, subtractor, 741 OP-AMP as integrator and

differentiator.

PART – B COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): UNIT-I : Semiconductor Physics & Electronic Devices

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

15. Energy band theory of crystals

01 17 – 06 – 19

16. Types of materials 01 19 – 06 – 19

17. Mobility & conductivity

01 21 – 06 – 19

18. Tutorial 01 22 – 06 – 19

19. Semiconductor types, 01 24 – 06 – 19

20. Majority and minority

carriers in

Semiconductors

26 – 06 – 19

21. Fermi level in semiconductors

01 28 – 06 – 19

22. Tutorial 01 29 – 06 – 19

23. Mass action law. 01 01 – 07 – 19

24. P-N junction diode biasing conditions

01 03 – 07 – 19

25. P-N junction diode V-I Characteristics

01 05 – 07 – 19

26. Tutorial 01 06 – 07 – 19

27. Zener diode operation 01 08 – 07 – 19

28. Zener diode applications

01 10 – 07 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I

14 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- II : Applications of junction diode & Introduction to three terminal devices

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

15. Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers,

01 12 – 07 – 19

16. Half wave operation and parameters

01 13 – 07 – 19

17. Full wave rectifier operation and parameters

01 15 – 07 – 19

18. Bridge rectifier circuit

operation and

01 17 – 07 – 19

19. Comparison of rectifier circuits

01 19 – 07 – 19

20. Tutorial 01 20 – 07 – 19

21. Need of filter in rectifier and

01 22 – 07 – 19

22. rectifier with capacitor as filters

01 24 – 07 – 19

23. Rectifier circuits with

Inductor as filters

01 26 – 07 – 19

24. Rectifier circuits with

L- section and π

section filter

01 27 – 07 – 19

25. Tutorial 01 29 – 07 – 19

26. Introduction to

Transistor, transistor

terminals, operation of

Bipolar Junction

Transistor (BJT).

01 31 – 07 – 19

27. Operation of Field

Effect Transistor

(FET)

01 02 – 08 – 19

28. Operation of Metal Oxide Semiconductor

Field Effect Transistor

(MOSFET)

01 03 – 08 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

14 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- III : Transistor Biasing

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

11. Need for biasing,

operating point, DC

load line and AC load line,

01 14 – 08 – 19

12. Stability definition

and Stability factors S,

SI and SII

01 16 – 08 – 19

13. Types of biasing circuits

01 17 – 08 – 19

14. Tutorial 01 19 – 08 – 19

15. Fixed bias operation and design.

01 21 – 08 – 19

16. Collector to base bias

circuits operation and

design.

01 23 – 08 – 19

17. Tutorial 01 26 – 08 – 19

18. Voltage divider bias

circuits operation and design.

01 28 – 08 – 19

19. Stability factors S, SI

and SII for different

basing circuits.

01 30 – 08 – 19

20. Tutorial 01 31 – 08 – 19

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- IV: Number System & Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

10.

Number systems

(binary, octal, decimal

and hexadecimal),

01

04 – 09 – 19

11. compliments (1s and 2s compliments),

01 06 – 09 – 19

12. Tutorial 01 07 – 09 – 19

13. Boolean algebra, 01 09 – 09 – 19

14.

K-map and its

minimization (up to four variables),

01

11 – 09 – 19

15. Binary codes and code converters.

01 13 – 09 – 19

16.

Basic logic gates

(AND, OR, NOT),

universal logic gates

(NAND, NOR), and

special logic gates

(XOR, XNOR),

01

14 – 09 – 19

17.

Implementation of

digital circuits using logic gates.

01

16 – 09 – 19

18. Tutorial 01 18 – 09 – 19

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-IV 09

No. of classes taken:

UNIT- V: Combinational & Sequential Circuits & Operational Amplifiers

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

13. Half adder, full adder, 01 20 – 09 – 19

14. Half Subtractor, full Subtractor,

01 21 – 0 9 – 19

15. Decoder and Encoder, 01 23 – 0 9 – 19

16. Multiplexer and de- multiplexer,

01 25 – 09 – 19

17. Tutorial 01 27 – 09 – 19

18.

Sequential circuits,

difference between

combinational and sequential circuits,

01

28 – 09 – 19

19. Latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T)

01 30 – 09 – 19

20. Flip-Flop conversions 01 04 – 10 – 19

21. Tutorial 01 05 – 10 – 19

22.

Introduction to OP-

AMP and its parameters

01

07 – 10 – 19

23.

741 Op-Amp

applications- adder,

subtractor,

01

11 – 10 – 19

24.

741 OP-AMP as

integrator and

differentiator.

01

12 – 10 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V

12

No. of classes taken:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W

I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W

II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W

II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W

Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W

Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W

*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019

PART – C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment – 2 2 A2=5

Quiz – 1 1,2 B1=10

I-Mid Examination 1,2 C1=20

Assignment – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment – 5 5 A5=5

Quiz – 2 3,4,5 B2=10

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 C2=20

Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Quiz Marks: B= (B1+B2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 B=10

Evaluation of Mid Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=20

Attendance: D D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C+D=40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 E=60

Total Marks: A+B+C+D=E 1,2,3,4,5 100

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

PEO 1: To Attain a solid foundation in Electronics & Communication Engineering fundamentals with an attitude to pursue continuing education.

PEO 2: To Function professionally in the rapidly changing world with advances in technology.

PEO 3: To Contribute to the needs of the society in solving technical problems using Electronics & Communication Engineering principles, tools and practices.

PEO 4: To Exercise leadership qualities, at levels appropriate to their experience, which addresses issues in a responsive, ethical, and innovative manner.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):

PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and

design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations.

PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research

methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the

information to provide valid conclusions.

PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations

PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess

societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the

professional engineering practice

PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for

sustainable development.

PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

PSO 1: Communication: Design and develop modern communication technologies for building the inter disciplinary skills to meet current and future needs of industry.

PSO 2: VLSI and Embedded Systems: Design and Analyze Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits or

systems and Implement real time applications in the field of VLSI and Embedded Systems using relevant tools

PSO 3: Signal Processing: Apply the Signal processing techniques to synthesize and realize the issues related to real time applications

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

PART - A

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III Sem., ME- C -SEC

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering – [17EC50]

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. M.Samba Siva Reddy

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Physics, Basic Electrical Engineering,

Course Educational Objective: This course will provide introduction to semiconductor materials, operation of electronic devices like diodes, transistors and their applications. These courses further provides knowledge about logic gates, implementation of digital circuits using logic gates and understand the constraints of operational amplifier.

COURSE OUTCOMES (CO): CO1: Know the basics of semiconductor materials and operation of electronic devices CO2: Use of junction diode and transistor for different applications.

CO3: Design amplifier circuits using transistor

CO4: Analyze the digital circuits using logic gates

CO5: Design the combinational & sequential circuits using logic gates and examine the

characteristics related to OP-AMP.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 3 1 1 -- -- 1 2 -- -- 1 3 1 -- -- --

CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- --

CO3 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 -- -- -- --

CO4 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 -- -- -- --

CO5 2 1 1 -- -- -- 1 -- -- 1 2 1 -- -- --

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 R.L.Boylested and Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuits” , Pearson/ prentice Hall

Publishers. T2 Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, PHI Publishers, 4th Edition.

BOS APPROVED

R1 Jacob Millman, Christos C Halkies, “ Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill,

Publishers, New Delhi. R2 Electronic Devices and Circuits by G.S.N.Raju, I.K.International.

Prescribed Syllabus:

UNIT-I:

Semiconductor Physics: Energy band theory of crystals, types of materials, mobility, conductivity,

semiconductor definition, types of semiconductors, majority and minority carriers in semiconductors,

Fermi level in semiconductors, mass action law. Electronic Devices: P-N junction diode, biasing

conditions of P-N junction diode, V-I characteristics of junction diode, Zener diode and its

applications.

UNIT-II:

Applications of junction diode: Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers, Half wave, full wave rectifier

and bridge rectifier, rectifier circuits operation and parameters, comparison of rectifier circuits, need

of filter in rectifier, rectifier circuits with capacitor, inductor, L-section and π section filters

Introduction to three terminal devices: Introduction to Transistor, transistor terminals, operation of

Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Field Effect Transistor (FET) and Metal Oxide Semiconductor

Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET).

UNIT-III:

Transistor Biasing: Need for biasing, operating point, DC load line, AC load line, Stability, types of

biasing circuits -fixed bias, collector to base bias and voltage divider bias circuits operation and

design. Stability factors S, SI and SII for different basing circuits.

UNIT-IV:

Number System & Boolean Algebra: Number systems (binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal),

compliments (1s and 2s compliments), Boolean algebra, K-map and its minimization (up to four

variables), Binary codes and code converters. Logic Gates: Basic logic gates (AND, OR, NOT),

universal logic gates (NAND, NOR), and special logic gates (XOR, XNOR), implementation of

digital circuits using logic gates.

UNIT-V:

Combinational & Sequential Circuits: Half adder, full adder, half Subtractor, full Subtractor, decoder

and encoder, Multiplexer and de-multiplexer, sequential circuits, difference between combinational

and sequential circuits, latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T), flip-flop conversions Operational

Amplifiers: Introduction to operational amplifier (OP-AMP), block diagram of OP-AMP, 741 OP-

AMP parameters, 741 Op-Amp applications-adder, subtractor, 741 OP-AMP as integrator and

differentiator.

PART – B COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): UNIT-I : Semiconductor Physics & Electronic Devices

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

29. Energy band theory of crystals

01 18 – 06 – 19

30. Types of materials 01 19 – 06 – 19

31. Mobility & conductivity

01 20 – 06 – 19

32. Semiconductor types, 01 22 – 06 – 19

33. Tutorial 01 25 – 06 – 19

34. Majority and minority

carriers in

Semiconductors

26 – 06 – 19

35. Fermi level in semiconductors

01 27 – 06 – 19

36. Mass action law. 01 29 – 06 – 19

37. Tutorial 01 02 – 07 – 19

38. P-N junction diode biasing conditions

01 03 – 07 – 19

39. P-N junction diode V-I Characteristics

01 04 – 07 – 19

40. Zener diode operation 01 06 – 07 – 19

41. Tutorial 01 09 – 07 – 19

42. Zener diode applications

01 10 – 07 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I

14 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- II : Applications of junction diode & Introduction to three terminal devices

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

29. Rectifier definition, types of rectifiers,

01 11 – 07 – 19

30. Half wave operation and parameters

01 13 – 07 – 19

31. Full wave rectifier operation and parameters

01 16 – 07 – 19

32. Bridge rectifier circuit

operation and

01 17 – 07 – 19

33. Comparison of rectifier circuits

01 18 – 07 – 19

34. Need of filter in rectifier and

01 20 – 07 – 19

35. Tutorial 01 23 – 07 – 19

36. rectifier with capacitor as filters

01 24 – 07 – 19

37. Rectifier circuits with

Inductor as filters

01 25 – 07 – 19

38. Rectifier circuits with

L- section and π

section filter

01 27 – 07 – 19

39. Tutorial 01 30 – 07 – 19

40. Introduction to

Transistor, transistor

terminals, operation of

Bipolar Junction

Transistor (BJT).

01 31 – 07 – 19

41. Operation of Field

Effect Transistor

(FET)

01 01 – 08 – 19

42. Operation of Metal Oxide Semiconductor

Field Effect Transistor

(MOSFET)

01 03 – 08 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II

14 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- III : Transistor Biasing

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

21. Need for biasing,

operating point, DC

load line and AC load line,

01 13 – 08 – 19

22. Stability definition

and Stability factors S,

SI and SII

01 14 – 08 – 19

23. Types of biasing circuits

01 17 – 08 – 19

24. Tutorial 01 20 – 08 – 19

25. Fixed bias operation and design.

01 21 – 08 – 19

26. Collector to base bias

circuits operation and

design.

01 22 – 08 – 19

27. Tutorial 01 27 – 08 – 19

28. Voltage divider bias

circuits operation and design.

01 28 – 08 – 19

29. Stability factors S, SI

and SII for different

basing circuits.

01 29 – 08 – 19

30. Tutorial 01 31 – 08 – 19

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT- IV: Number System & Boolean Algebra & Logic Gates

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

19.

Number systems

(binary, octal, decimal

and hexadecimal),

01

03 – 09 – 19

20. compliments (1s and 2s compliments),

01 04 – 09 – 19

21. Boolean algebra, 01 05 – 09 – 19

22. Tutorial 01 07 – 09 – 19

23.

K-map and its

minimization (up to four variables),

01

11 – 09 – 19

24. Binary codes and code converters.

01 12 – 09 – 19

25.

Basic logic gates

(AND, OR, NOT),

universal logic gates

(NAND, NOR), and

special logic gates

(XOR, XNOR),

01

14 – 09 – 19

26.

Implementation of

digital circuits using logic gates.

01

17 – 09 – 19

27. Tutorial 01 18 – 09 – 19

No. of classes required to

complete UNIT-IV 09

No. of classes taken:

UNIT- V: Combinational & Sequential Circuits & Operational Amplifiers

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

25. Half adder, full adder, 01 19 – 09 – 19

26. Half Subtractor, full Subtractor,

01 21 – 0 9 – 19

27. Decoder and Encoder, 01 24 – 0 9 – 19

28. Multiplexer and de- multiplexer,

01 25 – 09 – 19

29. Tutorial 01 26 – 09 – 19

30.

Sequential circuits,

difference between

combinational and sequential circuits,

01

28 – 09 – 19

31. Latches and flip-flops (SR, JK, D and T)

01 – 10 – 19

32. Flip-Flop conversions 01 03 – 10 – 19

33. Tutorial 01 05 – 10 – 19

34.

Introduction to OP-

AMP and its parameters

01

10 – 10 – 19

35.

741 Op-Amp

applications- adder,

subtractor,

01

10 – 10 – 19

36.

741 OP-AMP as

integrator and

differentiator.

01

12 – 10 – 19

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V

12

No. of classes taken:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W

I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W

II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W

II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W

Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W

Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W

*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019

PART – C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment – 2 2 A2=5

Quiz – 1 1,2 B1=10

I-Mid Examination 1,2 C1=20

Assignment – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment – 5 5 A5=5

Quiz – 2 3,4,5 B2=10

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 C2=20

Evaluation of Assignment Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Quiz Marks: B= (B1+B2)/2 1,2,3,4,5 B=10

Evaluation of Mid Marks: C=75% of Max(C1,C2)+25% of Min(C1,C2) 1,2,3,4,5 C=20

Attendance: D D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C+D=40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 E=60

Total Marks: A+B+C+D=E 1,2,3,4,5 100

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

PEO 1: To Attain a solid foundation in Electronics & Communication Engineering fundamentals with an attitude to pursue continuing education.

PEO 2: To Function professionally in the rapidly changing world with advances in technology.

PEO 3: To Contribute to the needs of the society in solving technical problems using Electronics & Communication Engineering principles, tools and practices.

PEO 4: To Exercise leadership qualities, at levels appropriate to their experience, which addresses issues in a responsive, ethical, and innovative manner.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):

PO 1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

PO 2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO 3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and

design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations.

PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research

methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the

information to provide valid conclusions.

PO 5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations

PO 6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess

societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the

professional engineering practice

PO 7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for

sustainable development.

PO 8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

PO 9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO 10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

PO 11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO 12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

PSO 1: Communication: Design and develop modern communication technologies for building the inter disciplinary skills to meet current and future needs of industry.

PSO 2: VLSI and Embedded Systems: Design and Analyze Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits or

systems and Implement real time applications in the field of VLSI and Embedded Systems using relevant tools

PSO 3: Signal Processing: Apply the Signal processing techniques to synthesize and realize the issues related to real time applications

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh

COURSE HANDOUT Part-A

PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Semester, C-Section ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Thermodynamics-17ME03 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 2-2-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr. P. Ravindra Kumar COURSE COORDINATOR : Dr. P. Ravindra Kumar PRE-REQUISITES : Engineering Physics

COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs):

To provide insights on laws of thermodynamics and its applications, gas mixtures, pure substances and thermodynamic cycles.

COURSE OUTCOMES (COS): At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Comprehend the concepts of heat, work, and forms of energy, laws of thermodynamics, mixtures of gases, pure substances and thermodynamics cycles. CO2: Describe various thermal systems using thermodynamic laws and principles CO3: Apply the laws of thermodynamics to solve problems on various thermodynamic systems. CO4: Analyse thermodynamic cycles, properties of pure substances and mixture of gases using thermodynamic concepts. CO5: Evaluate the performance parameters of the thermodynamic cycles, pure substances and gases mixtures.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs and POs and PSOs)

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) with Programme Outcomes (POs)-

Thermodynamics- (17ME03)

POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO

s

CO1 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1

CO2 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - 3 1 3 - 2

CO3 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 1 3 - 1

CO4 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 2 - 1

CO5 3 1 2 1 2 - - - - - - 1 3 - 1

1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 P.K.Nag, “Engineering Thermodynamics”- McGraw-Hill. 5th Edition, 2013

T2 Y.A. Cengel, and M.A.Boles, “Thermodynamics : An Engineering Approach”, McGraw-Hill, 7th Edition, 2011.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 G.J.Van Wylen & Sonntag, “Fundamentals of Thermodynamics”, John Wiley& sons, publications Inc. 5th Edition, 1998.

R2 E.Rathakrishnan, “Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics”, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2010.

Part-B Course Delivery Plan (Lesson Plan): Section-C

S.NO TOPIC TO BE COVERED No. of

Classes Required

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM

HOD

Signature

Unit-1 BASIC CONCEPTS

1 Basic Concepts and Definitions 1 17-6-19 1

2 Macroscopic & Microscopic approaches 1 18-6-19 1

3 System-Types, Control Volume Properties of system

1 20-6-19

1

4 State, Path, Process, Cycle, path and 1 21-6-19 1,2 point functions.

5 Thermodynamic Equilibrium, 1 24-6-19 1,2 Quasistatic process, applications of TD,

Internal Energy, Specific heat , Enthalpy

Tutorial-1 1 25-6-19 3

6 Zeroth law of Thermodynamics

Temperature scales – Temperature

measurement

1 27-6-19

1

7 Constant volume gas thermometer

Numerical Problems on Temperature

scales

2 28-6-19

01-7-19

1

8 Advantages of gas thermometers over 1 02-7-19

liquid thermometers 1,4

9 Numerical problems on Internal energy, 2 04-7-19 1,2,3

enthalpy, specific heat and latent heat, 05-7-19

Assignement-1

10 Tutorial-2 1 08-7-19 3

Number of classes required 13 Number of classes taken:

Unit-II FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS

11 Introduction, Energy - Property of the 1 09-7-19 1

system

12 Thermodynamic Process and its 1 11-7-19 1,2

derivations

13 First Law Analysis of Closed and open 2 12-7-19 1,2

System undergoing different process 15-7-19

Different forms of stored energy and 2 16-7-19 1

14 forms of energy, heat, work , Mechanical forms of work

18-7-19

15 Applications of first law, PMM1 1 19-7-18 1

Numerical problems on work and energy

Tutorial-3 1 22-7-19 3

16 Thermodynamic analysis of control volume-conservation of mass,

1 23-7-19 1,2

conservation of energy principle

17 Flow work , Steady Flow Process 1 25-7-19 1,2

18 Steady Flow Energy Equation 1 26-7-19 1,2

19

Steady Flow Engineering Devices- Nozzles, Diffusers, Turbine, Compressors, Throttling Valves, Heat

2 29-7-19

30-7-19

1,2,6 Exchangers and Limitations

20 Numerical problems on steady flow energy equation, Assignement-2

1 01-8-19 1,2,3

21 Tutorial-4 1 02-8-19 3

Number of classes required 15 Number of classes taken:

Unit-III SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS

22 Thermal energy reservoirs, heat engines, Refrigerator, heat pumps

1 13-8-19

1

23 Kelvin-Planks, Clausius statement of second law of thermodynamics

1 16-8-19

1

24 Numerical Problems on Second law of TD

1 19-8-19

1,2,3

25 Equivalence of Kelvin -Planck and Clausius statements

1 20-8-19

1,2

26

Perpetual Motion Machine-II Differences between reversible and irreversible process, Carnot cycle

1

22-8-19

1,2

27

Carnot Theorem –Numerical problem 1 23-8-19

1, 2, 3

28 Entropy: Introduction, Clausius inequality, t-s property diagrams

1 26-8-19

1,2

29 Entropy change for ideal gases - Derivations

1 27-8-19

1,2

30 Isentropic relations for ideal gases,

Principle of increase of entropy 1 29-8-19

1

31 Applications of Entropy- Third law of Thermodynamics

1 30-8-19

1,2

32 Numerical Problems, Assignement-3 1

03-9-19 1, 3

33 Tutorial-5 1 05-9-19 3

Number of classes required 12 Number of classes taken:

Unit-IV NON REACTIVE MIXTURES AND PURE SUBSTANCE

34

Non-reactive mixtures Introduction,

composition of gas mixture ,Mass ,

Volume and mole fractions and

problems

1

06-9-19

1

35

Daltons law of additive pressures

Amagat's law of additive volumes, Ideal

gas mixture and problems

1

09-9-19

1,2

36 Non-reactive mixtures and its problems 1 12-9-19

1

37

Pure substance: Introduction, phase of pure substance, dryness fraction Phase change processes, property diagrams, P- V-T surface, property tables

1

13-9-19

1,2,5

38 Numerical Problems 1 16-9-19

1,5

39 h-s diagrams (Mollier chart) for pure substance, Assignement-4

1 17-9-19

1,2,3,5

40 Tutorial-6 1 19-9-19 3

Number of classes required 07 Number of classes taken:

Unit-V THERMODYNAMIC CYCLES

41

Vapour power cycles: Analysis of Carnot vapour cycle- Numerical Problem

1

20-9-19

1,2,5

42 Simple Rankine cycle and Problem 1 23-9-19 1,2,5

43

Gas power cycles-

Introduction, Analysis of power cycles-

Carnot cycle-Otto cycle –Numerical

problems

1

24-9-19

1,2,5

44 Diesel cycle, Dual cycle - Numerical

Problems 1 26-9-19

1,5

45 Brayton Cycles and its problems 1 27-9-19

1,2

46 Atkinson cycle derivation and numerical

problem 1 30-9-19

1,2

47 Tutorial-7 1 01-10-19

3

48

Refrigeration cycles: Reversed Carnot cycle, Bell-Coleman cycle

1

03-10-19

1,2,6

49 Problems on Bell-Coleman cycles

1 10-10-19 1,2

50 Simple vapour compression cycle and problems, Assignement-5

1 11-10-19

1,2,3

Number of classes required 10 Number of classes taken:

Total Number of classes required for the

subject

50

Contents beyond the syllabus

51 Advanced Thermometers, temperature

indicators

1 11-10-19 1,2

52 Combined and Cogeneration cycles 1 11-10-19 1,2

Delivery Methods (DM):

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)

TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam

Prabha/MOOCS)

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project

Part - C EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Evaluation of Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 Q=10

Assignments 1,2,3,4,5 A1=5

Attendance 1,2,3,4,5 A1=5

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B 1,2,3,4,5 40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 60

Total Marks: A+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 100

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in

Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.

PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become

successful in multidisciplinary activities.

PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering

problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of

mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and

design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and

synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and

modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering

activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess

societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to

the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need

for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and

norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive

clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and

leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal systems.

2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and

manufacturability of products.

3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of

performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of

energy and other process equipment.

Course

Instructor Course

Coordinator Module

Coordinator HOD

Signature

Name of the Faculty

LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., MECH (C) ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : MECHANICS OF SOLIDS-17ME04 L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3-1-0 COURSE CREDITS 3 COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Dr.Y. APPALA NAIDU COURSE COORDINATOR : K.V.VISWANADH PRE-REQUISITE : Engineering Mechanics

COURSE OBJECTIVE:

The objective of the course is to analyze the stresses & deformations in mechanical members due to various loads. COURSE OUTCOMES (CO):

After completion of the course students will be able to CO1: Compute the stresses & deformations of a member due to axial loading under uniform and non uniform conditions. CO2: Analyze the variation of SF & BM in determinate beams. CO3: Analyze the structural members subjected to flexural and torsional loads. CO4: Analyze the biaxial stresses developed at a point of stressed member and identify shear stresses across the cross section of a beam. CO5: Evaluate deflections for statically determinate beams and analyze the thin and thick pressure vessels.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):

COs PO 1

PO 2

PO 3

PO 4

PO 5

PO 6

PO 7

PO 8

PO 9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO1 3 2 1 1 3

CO2 3 2 1 1 3

CO3 3 2 1 1 3

CO4 3 2 1 1 1 3

CO5 3 2 1 1 1 3

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS: T1 Popov, E.P., “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, PHI, 2ndEdition, 2009 T2 Sadhu Singh, “Strength of Materials”, Khanna Publishers, 10thEdition,

reprint 2013. BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS: R1 S.Ramamrutham, “Strength of Materials”, 14thEdition, DhanpatRai&

Sons, 2011. R2 M.L.Gambhir, “Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics”, PHI Learning, 2009 R3 M.Chakraborti, “Strength of Materials”, S.K.Kataria& Sons R4 R.Subramanian, “Strength of Materials”, 2ndEdition, Oxford University

Press, 2010. R5 R.K.Bansal, “Strength of Materials”, 15thEdition, Laxmi Publishers,

2013. R6 James M.Gere, Barry J.Goodno, “Mechanics of Materials”, 7thEdition,

CEngage Learning, 2009.

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

UNIT-I : SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS

UNIT-II : SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

19.

Introduction to Shear force and bending moment; Relation between

Shear Force, Bending Moment & rate of Loading

01

23-07-19 TLM1

CO2

T1,R1,R6

20.

Shear force & Bending moment Diagrams for cantilever beam

subjected to Concentrated loads & UDL.

01

24-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T2,R6

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1.

Introduction to Mechanics of

Materials - Course Educational

Objective (CEO) & Course Outcomes (CO’s)

01

18-06-19 TLM1

CO1

T1,R6

2. Concept of Stress & Strain

01 19-06-19

TLM1 CO1 T2,R6

3. Mechanical properties of

Materials 01

20-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T2

4. Stress Strain diagrams for Mild

Steel -Hooke’s Law 01

22-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T1

5. Evaluation of Proof stress by

Offset method 01

25-06-19 TLM1 CO1 T1

6.

Stresses, Strains & Deformations of a body due to axial force Factor of Safety

01

26-06-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1

T2,R1,R6

7. Principle of superposition

01 27-06-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO1 T2,R1

8. Bars of uniformly varying sections

01 29-06-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO1 T2,R1

9. Deformation of Stepped bar due

to axial loads 01

02-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

10. Tutorial-I

01 03-07-19

TLM3 CO1 -

11. Stresses in composite bars &

Problems 01

04-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

12. Temperature stresses & problems 01 06-07-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO1 T2,R1

13. Strain energy due to steady load,

sudden load & impact load 01

09-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

14.

Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio & change in volume; Shear stress & shear strain

01

10-07-19 TLM1

CO1

T2,R1

15. Relation between Young’s

Modulus and shear Modulus 01

11-07-19 TLM1 CO1 T2,R1

16. Relation between Elastic modulii

& Problems 01

16-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO1 T2,R1

17. Tutorial-II 01 17-07-19

TLM3 CO1 -

18. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-I) 01 19-07-19

TLM6 CO1 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I 18 No. of classes taken:

21.

Shear force & Bending moment

Diagrams for Simply supported

beam subjected to Concentrated

loads & UDL.

01

25-07-19

TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T2,R6

22.

Estimation of Maximum bending

moment for simply supported beam

01

27-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T1,T2,R1

23. Tutorial-III

01 30-07-19

TLM3 CO2 -

24.

Shear force & Bending moment

Diagrams for Overhanging beam

subjected to Concentrated loads &

UDL

01

31-07-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T2,R6

25.

Estimation of Maximum bending

moment & point of contra flexure

for Overhanging beams

01

01-08-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO2

T2,R1

26. Tutorial-IV 01 03-08-19

TLM3 CO2 -

27. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-II)

01 03-08-19

TLM6 CO2 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II 09 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-III : STRESSES IN BEAMS & TORSION

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

28. Theory of Simple bending,

assumptions 01

13-08-19 TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6

29. Derivation of flexure equation 01 14-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,R1,R6

30. Section modulus and problems 01 17-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T2,R1

31. Normal stresses due to flexure

applications 01

20-08-19 TLM1 CO3 T1,R6

32. Tutorial-V

01 21-08-19

TLM3 CO3 -

33. Theory of torsion, Assumptions 01 22-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1

34. Derivation of Torsion equation 01 27-08-19

TLM1 CO3 T1,T2,R1

35.

Polar modulus, Power transmitted by shaft, Stresses in solid and hollow circular shafts

01

28-08-19 TLM1

CO3

T1,T2,R1

36. Tutorial-VI 01 29-08-19

TLM3 CO3 -

37. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-III)

01 31-08-19

TLM6 CO3 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III 10 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV : ANALYSIS OF COMBINED STRESSES & SHEAR STRESSES

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

38.

State of stress at a point, normal

and tangential stresses on inclined planes

01

03-09-19 TLM2/ TLM4

CO4

T1,R6

39. Problem on normal and tangential stresses on inclined planes

01 04-09-19 TLM2/

TLM4 CO4 T1,R6

Principle stresses and their planes, maximum shear stress plane

40. Mohr’s circle diagram Problems on Mohr’s circle

01 05-09-19 TLM2/

TLM4 CO4 T1,R6

41. Tutorial-VII

01 07-09-19

TLM3 CO4 -

42.

Concept of shear stress variation

over cross section due to flexural loads Derivation of lateral shear stress

01

11-09-19 TLM1

CO4

T1,R1,R6

43. Shear stress distribution across

rectangular & circular sections 01

12-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO4 T2,R1,R6

44. Problems on distribution of Shear

stress 01

17-09-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO4 T1,T2,R1

45. Tutorial-VIII

01 18-09-19

TLM3 CO4 -

46. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-IV)

01 19-09-19

TLM6 CO4 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV 9 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-V : DEFELCTION OF BEAMS & THIN AND THICK SHELLS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

47.

Derivation of Differential equation

for elastic line (Deflection Equation)

01

21-09-19 TLM1

CO5

T1,R6

48. Deflection & Slope equations for

cantilever beam 01

24-09-19 TLM1 CO5 T1,R6

49. Deflection & Slope equations for

simply supported beam 01

25-09-19 TLM1 CO5 T1,R6

50. Macaulay’s method 01 26-09-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO5 T2,R1

51. Tutorial-IX

01 28-09-19

TLM3 CO5 -

52. Introduction to thin & thick shells 01 01-09-19

TLM1 CO5 T2,R1

53. Hoop stress and longitudinal stresses for thin cylinders

01 03-10-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO5 T2,R1

54. Change in volume of thin cylinder 01 05-10-19 TLM1/

TLM4 CO5 T2,R1

55.

Derivation of Lame’s equations of

Thick cylinders; Problems on thick cylinders

01

09-10-19 TLM1/ TLM4

CO5

T2,R1

56. Tutorial-X 01 10-10-19

TLM3 CO5 -

57. Assignment / Quiz (UNIT-V)

01 12-10-19

TLM6 CO5 -

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V 11 No. of classes taken:

Contents beyond the Syllabus

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text

Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

58. Theories of Failure 01 13-09-19

TLM2 - R6

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/19 03/08/19 7

I Mid Examinations 05/08/19 10/08/19 1

II Phase of Instructions 12/08/19 12/10/19 9

II Mid Examinations 14/10/19 19/10/19 1

Preparation and Practicals 21/10/19 31/10/19 1.5

Semester End Examinations 01/11/19 16/11/19 2

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=5

Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=5

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Online Quiz Examination-1 1,2 C1=10

Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=5

Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=5

Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=5

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Online Quiz Examination-2 3,4,5 C2=10

Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5)/5 1,2,3,4,5 A=5

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B=75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2) 1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Evaluation of Online Quiz Examination: C 1,2,3,4,5 C=10

Evaluation of Attendance marks: D (As per the Academic Regulations) - D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4,5 CIE=40

Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4,5 SEE=60

Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4,5 100

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:

PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering. PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become successful in multidisciplinary activities. PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs): 1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal

systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.

3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.

Dr.Y. Appala Naidu K. V. Viswanadh Dr.Y.Appala Naidu Dr.S.Pichi Reddy

Course Instructor

Course Coordinator

Module Coordinator

HOD

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING (AUTONOMOUS)

L.B.Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram – 521 230, Krishna Dt.,Andhra Pradesh,

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

COURSE HANDOUT-C/SEC

Part-A

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., Mechanical Engineering

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20 COURSE NAME & CODE : Metallurgy and Material Science – 17ME05

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 3 (L) – 0 (T) - 0 (P)

COURSE CREDITS 3

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. G. Naresh

COURSE COORDINATOR :

PRE-REQUISITES : Applied Mathematics, Engineering Physics, Engineering Chemistry

COURSE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (CEOs): The objectives of this course are to

acquire knowledge on structure of metals and alloys, understand the concept of alloys and

equilibrium diagrams; demonstrate the concept of heat treatment process.

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs) At the end of the course, the student will be able to: CO1 : Estimate the properties of the metals and alloys based on structures.

CO2 : Classify, construct and analyze equilibrium diagrams.

CO3 : Analyze and distinguish various ferrous, non-ferrous metals and alloys.

CO4 : Identify the influence of mechanical working and heat treatment principles on materials.

CO5 : Classify, analyze and suggest the suitable manufacturing method for composite

materials.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO

11

PO

12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2

CO2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2

CO3 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2

CO4 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2

CO5 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight (Low), 2 –

Moderate (Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

BOS APPROVED TEXT BOOKS:

T1 V.D.Kotgire, S.V Kotgire, Material Science and Metallurgy, Everest Publishing HOUSE 24th Edition,2008.

T2 Sidney H.Avener,Introduction to Physical METALLURGY,Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd

Edition,2011.

BOS APPROVED REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Richard A.Flinn,Paul K.T rojan, Engineering Material sand Their Aapplication,Jaico Publishing House, 4th edition,1999.

R2 U.C.Jindal and Atish Mozumber,M aterial since and metallurgy, rearson education-

2012.

UNIT-I:

Part-B

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

63. INTRODUCTION : Introduction to Metallurgy and Materials Science

1 18-06-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

64. Classification of Engineering Materials, Mechanical Properties of Materials

1 20-06-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

65. Structure of Metals; Crystal Structures- Introduction, Tutorial I, Quiz I

1 21-06-2019

TLM1, TLM3 CO1 T1, T2

66. Simple cubic and Face centered Cubic structures,

Body Centered Cubic structure 1 25-06-2019

TLM1,TLM5 CO1 R1 to R4

67. Closed Pack Hexagonal and Crystallographic Planes 1 27-06-2019 TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

68. Mechanism of Crystallization of Metals, Grain and Grain Boundaries, Tutorial II, Quiz II

1 28-06-2019

TLM1, TLM3 CO1 T1, T2

69. Effect of Grain Boundaries on the Properties of Materials, Determination of Grain Size

1 02-07-2019

TLM1 CO1 T1, T2

70.

Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of alloying, Interstitial and Substitutional Solid Solutions, Hume Rotherys rules, Tutorial III, Quiz III

1

04-07-2019

TLM1, TLM2,

TLM3

CO1

R1 to R4

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-I: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-II: EQUILIBRIUM DIAGRAMS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Equilibrium of Diagrams-Introduction 1 05-07-2019 TLM1 CO2 T1, T2

2.

Cooling Curves for Pure Metals and

Alloys, Experimental Methods of

Construction of E.D

1

09-07-2019

TLM1

CO2

T1, T2

3.

Classification of E .D, Isomorphous E.D,

Eutectic ED, Partial Eutetic Equilibrium

Diagrams.

1

11-07-2019

TLM1,TLM2

4. Tutorial V, Quiz V 1 12-07-2019 TLM3 CO2 T1, T2

5. Equilibrium Cooling and Heating of Alloys, Lever rule, Coring

1 16-07-2019 TLM1,

TLM5 CO2 R1 to R4

6. Transformations in the Solid State- Allotropy

18-07-2019

TLM1

7. Eutectic reaction, Eutectoid reactions, Tutorial VI, Quiz VI

1 19-07-2019 TLM1,

TLM3 CO2 T1, T2

8. Peritectoid Reactions, Cu-Ni Equilibrium Diagram, Bi-Cd Equilibrium Diagram

1 23-07-2019

TLM1 CO2 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-II: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-III: FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, STEELS AND CAST IRONS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Ferrous Metals and Alloys- Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium

Diagrams 1 25-07-2019

TLM1 CO3

T1, T2

2. Structural Changes in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 26-07-2019 TLM1 CO3 T1, T2

3. Phase Calculations in Fe-Fe3C Equilibrium Diagram 1 30-07-2019 TLM1 CO3 T1, T2

4. Steels-Introduction, Classification of Steels 1 01-08-2019 TLM1 CO3 R1 to R4

5. Tutorial VIII, Quiz VIII 1 02-08-2019 TLM3 CO3 T1, T2

6. Low Carbon Steel, Medium Carbon, High Carbon Steel , Cast Irons-Introduction, Classification of Cast Irons

1 13-08-2019 TLM1,

TLM2 CO3 T1, T2

7. White Cast Iron, Malleable Cast Iron, Grey Cast Iron ,

Spheriodal Graphite C.I 1 15-08-2019

TLM1,

TLM2 CO3 R1 to R4

8. Tutorial VIII, Quiz VIII 1 16-08-2019 TLM3 CO3 T1, T2

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-III: 8 No. of classes taken:

UNIT-IV: MECHANICAL WORKING , HEAT TREATMENT OF ALLOYS

Sign

Hardening Treatment 1

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-IV: 8 No. of classes taken: 15-08

16-08

20-08

22-08

23-08

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes

Required

Tentative

Date of

Completion

Actual

Date of

Completion

Teaching

Learning

Methods

Learning

Outcome

COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Weekly

1. Mechanical Working- Hot Working, Cold

Working 1

13-08-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

2. Strain Hardening, Recovery and

Recrystallisation 1

15-08-2019 TLM1 CO4 R1 to R4

3. Heat treatment of Alloys- Annealing,

Normalizing, Hardening 1

16-08-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

4. Construction of TTT diagrams for Eutectoid

Steels 1

20-08-2019 TLM1,TLM2 CO4 T1, T2

5. Tutorial-7 1 22-08-2019 TLM3 CO4 R1 to R4

6. Hardenability- Jominy End Quench Test, Surface

- Hardening Methods- Introduction 1

23-08-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

7. Induction, Flame Hardening, Carburising, Age 27-08-2019 TLM1 CO4 T1, T2

8. Tutorial-8 1 29-08-2019 TLM3 CO4 R1 to R4

UNIT-V: NON FERROUS METALS AND ALLOYS, COMPOSITE MATERIALS

S.No.

Topics to be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text Book

followed

HOD

Sign

Weekly

1. Non Ferrous Metals and Alloys-Introduction, Structure, Properties of Copper and it’s Alloys

1 30-08-2019

TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

2. Structure, Properties of Aluminum and it’s Alloys

1 03-09-2019

TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

3. Tutorial-9 1 05-09-2019 TLM3 CO5 T1, T2

4. Composite materials : Classification of Composites

1 06-09-2019 TLM1,

TLM2 CO5 R1 to R4

5. Manufacturing of Composite Materials 1 10-09-2019 TLM1 CO5 T1, T2

6. Hand lay up processes and Filament Winding Processes

1 12-09-2019

TLM1,TLM2 CO5 T1, T2

7.

SMC Processes, Continuous Pultrusion Processes, Resin Transfer Moulding

1

13-09-2019

TLM1

CO5

T1, T2

8. Metal Ceramic Mixtures-Introduction

1 19-09-2019

TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4

9. Metal matrix composites 1 24-09-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4

10. C-C composites 1 03-10-2019 TLM1 CO5 R1 to R4

11.

II Mid Examinations

6 days

14-10-2019

To

19-10-2019

No. of classes required to complete UNIT-V: 10 No. of classes taken:

CONTENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS:

S.No.

Topics to

be covered

No. of

Classes Required

Tentative

Date of Completion

Actual

Date of Completion

Teaching

Learning Methods

Learning

Outcome COs

Text

Book followed

HOD

Sign

1.

Advanced

Topics in

Unit I

1

TLM1

CO1

T1, T2,

R1 to R5

2.

Advanced

Topics in Unit II

1

TLM1

CO2

3.

Advanced Topics in

Unit III

1

TLM1

CO3

4.

Advanced

Topics in

Unit IV

1

TLM1

CO4

5.

Advanced

Topics in

Unit V

1

TLM1

CO5

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Demonstration (Lab/Field Visit)

TLM2 PPT TLM5 ICT (NPTEL/Swayam Prabha/MOOCS)

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Group Discussion/Project

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

Commencement of Class Work: 18-12-2017

I Phase of Instructions 17-06-2019 03-08-2019 7

I Mid Examinations 05-08-2019 10-08-2019 1

II Phase of Instructions 12-08-2019 12-10-2019 9

II Mid Examinations 14-10-2019 19-10-2018 1

Preparation and Practicals 21-10-2019 31-10-2019 2

Semester End Examinations 01-11-2019 16-11-2019 2

Part - C

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Assignment/Quiz – 1 1 A1=05

Assignment/Quiz – 2 2 A2=05

I-Mid Examination 1,2 B1=20

Assignment/Quiz – 3 3 A3=05

Assignment/Quiz – 4 4 A4=05

Assignment/Quiz – 5 5 A5=05

II-Mid Examination 3,4,5 B2=20

Evaluation of Assignment/Quiz Marks: A=(A1+A2+A3+A4+A5) 1,2,3,4,5 A=05

Evaluation of Mid Marks: B= 75% of Max(B1,B2)+25% of Min(B1,B2)

1,2,3,4,5 B=20

Cumulative Internal Examination : A+B 1,2,3,4,5 A+B=25

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4,5 C=75

Total Marks: A+B+C 1,2,3,4,5 A+B+C=100

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound knowledge in

Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.

PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to become

successful in multidisciplinary activities.

PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong learning.

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs):

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering

problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of

mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems

and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and

synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and

modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering

activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to

assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need

for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and

write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and

receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and

leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

PSO1: To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal

systems.

PSO2: To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and

manufacturability of products.

PSO3: To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of

performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation

of energy and other process equipment.

Position Course

Instructor

Course

Coordinator

Module

Coordinator HOD

Name

Signature

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., ECE – A Section

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering Lab – 17EC73

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2

COURSE CREDITS : 2

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course provides practical exposure on linear, non linear wave shaping circuits and switching

behaviour of non linear devices. It also demonstrates the generation of non sinusoidal signals, as

well as realization of sampling circuits.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:

CO1 Analyze basic electronic devices and circuits.

CO2 Examine different applications of OP-AMP and 555 timers.

CO3 Apply logic gates for different applications.

CO4 Design the basic circuits using Multisim simulation software.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX(Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --

CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

CO3 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

CO4 1 1 1 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’

1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

LAB SCHEDULE (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Minimum 12 Experiments to be conducted)

S.No.

Experiments to be conducted

No. of Classes

Required

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

HOD Sign

Weekly

CYCLE-1

1. Introduction Lab experiments

2 17 – 06 - 19

TLM8

2. V-I Characteristics of P-N junction diode

2 24 – 06 – 19

TLM8

3. V-I Characteristics of zener diode

2 01 – 07 – 19

TLM8

4. Half wave rectifier without filter

2 08 – 07 – 19

TLM8

5. Half wave rectifier with filter 2

15 – 07 – 19

TLM8

6. Full wave rectifier without filter

2 22 – 07 – 19

TLM8

7. Full wave rectifier with filter 2

29 – 07 – 19

TLM8

CYCLE-2

8. Transistor characteristics in common emitter mode

2 19 – 08 – 19

TLM8

9. Frequency response of common emitter amplifier

2 26 – 08 – 19

TLM8

10. 741 Op-amp as inverting amplifier

2 09 – 09 – 19

TLM8

11. 741 Op-amp as non- inverting amplifier

2 16 – 09 – 19

TLM8

12. 741 Op-amp applications – Adder and Subtractor

2 23 – 09 – 19

TLM8

13. 741 Op-amp as comparator 2

30 – 09 – 19

TLM8

14. Internal Exam 2

07 – 10 – 19

TLM8

No. of classes required to complete: 28 No. of classes conducted:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W

I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W

II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W

II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W

Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W

Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W

*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Day to Day work 1,2,3,4 A1=20

Attendance (>95%=5, 90-95%=4,85-90%=3,80-85%=2,75-80%=1)

A2=5

Viva-Voce 1,2,3,4 A3=5

Internal Lab Examination 1,2,3,4 B=10

Total Internal Marks(A1+A2+A3+B) C=40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4 D=60

Total Marks: C+D 1,2,3,4 100

Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Dr. M.Venkata Sudhakar Dr. Y.Amar Babu

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., ECE – B Section

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering Lab – 17EC73

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2

COURSE CREDITS : 2

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. K.Sasi Bhushan

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course provides practical exposure on linear, non linear wave shaping circuits and switching

behaviour of non linear devices. It also demonstrates the generation of non sinusoidal signals, as

well as realization of sampling circuits.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:

CO1 Analyze basic electronic devices and circuits.

CO2 Examine different applications of OP-AMP and 555 timers.

CO3 Apply logic gates for different applications.

CO4 Design the basic circuits using Multisim simulation software.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX(Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --

CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

CO3 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

CO4 1 1 1 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’

1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

LAB SCHEDULE (LESSON PLAN): Section-B

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Minimum 12 Experiments to be conducted)

S.No.

Experiments to be conducted

No. of Classes

Required

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

HOD Sign

Weekly

CYCLE-1

1. Introduction Lab experiments

2 21 – 06 - 19

TLM8

2. V-I Characteristics of P-N junction diode

2 28 – 06 – 19

TLM8

3. V-I Characteristics of zener diode

2 05 – 07 – 19

TLM8

4. Half wave rectifier without filter

2 12 – 07 – 19

TLM8

5. Half wave rectifier with filter 2

19 – 07 – 19

TLM8

6. Full wave rectifier without filter

2 26 – 07 – 19

TLM8

7. Full wave rectifier with filter 2

02 – 08 – 19

TLM8

CYCLE-2

8. Transistor characteristics in common emitter mode

2 16 – 08 – 19

TLM8

9. Frequency response of common emitter amplifier

2 23 – 08 – 19

TLM8

10. 741 Op-amp as inverting amplifier

2 30 – 08 – 19

TLM8

11. 741 Op-amp as non- inverting amplifier

2 06 – 09 – 19

TLM8

12. 741 Op-amp applications – Adder and Subtractor

2 13 – 09 – 19

TLM8

13. 741 Op-amp as comparator 2

20 – 09 – 19

TLM8

14. Beyond the Syllabus 2

27 – 10 – 19

TLM8

15. Revision

04 – 10 – 19

16. Internal Exam 2

11 – 10 – 19

TLM8

No. of classes required to complete: 32 No. of classes conducted:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W

I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W

II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W

II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W

Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W

Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W

*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Day to Day work 1,2,3,4 A1=20

Attendance (>95%=5, 90-95%=4,85-90%=3,80-85%=2,75-80%=1)

A2=5

Viva-Voce 1,2,3,4 A3=5

Internal Lab Examination 1,2,3,4 B=10

Total Internal Marks(A1+A2+A3+B) C=40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4 D=60

Total Marks: C+D 1,2,3,4 100

Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Dr. M.Venkata Sudhakar Dr. Y.Amar Babu

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE

LAKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech., III-Sem., ECE – C Section

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019 - 20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Basic Electronics Engineering Lab – 17EC73

STRUCTURE : 0-0-2

COURSE CREDITS : 2

COURSE INSTRUCTOR : Mr. M. Samba Siva Reddy

COURSE COORDINATOR : Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan

COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course provides practical exposure on linear, non linear wave shaping circuits and switching

behaviour of non linear devices. It also demonstrates the generation of non sinusoidal signals, as

well as realization of sampling circuits.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student will be able to:

CO1 Analyze basic electronic devices and circuits.

CO2 Examine different applications of OP-AMP and 555 timers.

CO3 Apply logic gates for different applications.

CO4 Design the basic circuits using Multisim simulation software.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX(Correlation between Cos & POs, PSOs):

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --

CO2 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

CO3 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

CO4 1 1 1 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- --

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’

1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

LAB SCHEDULE (LESSON PLAN): Section-C

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Minimum 12 Experiments to be conducted)

S.No.

Experiments to be conducted

No. of Classes

Required

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

HOD Sign

Weekly

CYCLE-1

1. Introduction Lab experiments

2 22 – 06 - 19

TLM8

2. V-I Characteristics of P-N junction diode

2 29 – 06 – 19

TLM8

3. V-I Characteristics of zener diode

2 06 – 07 – 19

TLM8

4. Half wave rectifier without filter

2 13 – 07 – 19

TLM8

5. Half wave rectifier with filter 2

20 – 07 – 19

TLM8

6. Full wave rectifier without filter

2 27 – 07 – 19

TLM8

7. Full wave rectifier with filter 2

03 – 08 – 19

TLM8

CYCLE-2

8. Transistor characteristics in common emitter mode

2 17 – 08 – 19

TLM8

9. Frequency response of common emitter amplifier

2 31 – 08 – 19

TLM8

10. 741 Op-amp as inverting amplifier

2 07 – 09 – 19

TLM8

11. 741 Op-amp as non- inverting amplifier

2 14 – 09 – 19

TLM8

12. 741 Op-amp applications – Adder and Subtractor

2 21 – 09 – 19

TLM8

13. 741 Op-amp as comparator 2

28 – 09 – 19

TLM8

14. Revision 2

05 – 10 – 19

TLM8

15. Internal Exam 2

12 – 10 – 19

TLM8

No. of classes required to complete: 32 No. of classes conducted:

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17 – 06 – 2019 03 – 08 – 2019 7W

I Mid Examinations 05 – 08 – 2019 10 – 08 – 2019 1W

II Phase of Instructions 12 – 08 – 2019 12 – 10 – 2019 9W

II Mid Examinations 14 – 10 – 2019 19 – 10 – 2019 1W

Preparation and Practicals 21 – 10 – 2019 31 – 10 – 20019 1½W

Semester End Examinations 01 – 11 – 2019 16 – 11 – 2019 2W

*Next semester class work commence from 25 – 11 – 2019

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task COs Marks

Day to Day work 1,2,3,4 A1=20

Attendance (>95%=5, 90-95%=4,85-90%=3,80-85%=2,75-80%=1)

A2=5

Viva-Voce 1,2,3,4 A3=5

Internal Lab Examination 1,2,3,4 B=10

Total Internal Marks(A1+A2+A3+B) C=40

Semester End Examinations 1,2,3,4 D=60

Total Marks: C+D 1,2,3,4 100

Mr.M.Samaba Siva Reddy Mr. K. Sasi Bhushan Dr. M.Venkata Sudhakar Dr. Y.Amar Babu

Course Instructor Course Coordinator Module Coordinator HOD, ECE

LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Sem., ME – C SEC

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20

COURSE NAME & CODE : Materials Testing Lab, 17ME64

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2

COURSE CREDITS 1

COURSE INSTRUCTOR :J.V.SOMI REDDY/V.VENKATESU

COURSE COORDINATOR :

PRE-REQUISITE: Engineering Mechanics, Mechanics of Solids

COURSE OBJECTIVE:

The Objective of this course is to make the students observe the response of the materials under different loads and measure various mechanical properties.

COURSE OUTCOMES (CO)

CO 1 Observe the behavior of materials by conducting tension, compression & shear tests.

CO 2 Evaluate the impact strength of materials.

CO 3 Determine the hardness of given material.

CO 4 Determine the Elastic constants of given materials by using flexure and torsion tests.

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):

COs PO 1

PO 2

PO 3

PO 4

PO 5

PO 6

PO 7

PO 8

PO 9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO1 1 3 2 1 3

CO2 1 3 2 1 3

CO3 1 3 2 1 3

CO4 1 3 2 1 3

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

REFERENCE:

R1 Lab Manual

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-C

Batch:C2 (18761A03E8-3G4 & 19765A03 -3 )

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

1. Demonstration 2 17-06-2019 TLM8 -

2. Experiment-1 2 24-06-2019 TLM8 R1

3. Experiment-2

2 01-07-2019

TLM8 R1

4. Experiment-3

2 08-07-2019

TLM8 R1

5. Experiment-4

2 15-07-2019

TLM8 R1

6. Experiment-5

2 21-07-2019

TLM8 R1

7. Demonstration

2 22-07-2019

TLM8 -

8. Experiment-6

2 29-07-2019

TLM8 R1

9. Experiment-7

2 12-08-2019

TLM8 R1

10. Experiment-8

2 18-08-2019

TLM8 R1

11. Experiment-9

2 26-08-2019

TLM8 R1

12. Experiment-10

2 02-09-2019

TLM8 R1

13. Repetition 2 16-09-2019 TLM8 R1

14. Repetition 2 23-09-2019 TLM8 R1

15. Lab Internal 2 30-09-2019 - -

Additional Experiments:

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

16. Compression test on UTM

2 07-10-2019

TLM8 -

Batch: C1 (18761A03B1-18761A03E7)

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

1. Demonstration 2 19-06-2019 TLM8 -

2. Experiment-1 2 26-06-2019 TLM8 R1

3. Experiment-2

2 03-07-2019

TLM8 R1

4. Experiment-3

2 04-07-2019

TLM8 R1

5. Experiment-4

2 10-07-2019

TLM8 R1

6. Experiment-5

2 17-07-2019

TLM8 R1

7. Demonstration

2 24-07-2019

TLM8 -

8. Experiment-6

2 31-07-2019

TLM8 R1

9. Experiment-7

2 07-08-2019

TLM8 R1

10. Experiment-8

2 14-08-2019

TLM8 R1

11. Experiment-9

2 21-08-2019

TLM8 R1

12. Experiment-10

2 28-08-2019

TLM8 R1

13. Repetition 2 04-09-2019 Repetition R1

14. Repetition 2 11-09-2019 Repetition R1

15. Repetition 2 18-09-2019 Repetition R1

16. Lab Internal 2 25-09-2019 - -

Additional Experiments:

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

17. Compression test on UTM

2 02-10-2019

TLM8 -

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/2019 03/0/2019 7

I Mid Examinations 05/08/2019 10/08/2019 1

II Phase of Instructions 12/08/2019 12/10/2019 9

II Mid Examinations 14/10/2019 19/10/2019 1

Preparation and Practicals 21/10/2019 31/10/2019 2

Semester End Examinations 01/11/2019 16/11/2019 2

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task Cos Marks

Day to Day Evaluation: A 1,2,3,4 A=20

Internal Lab Exams: B 1,2,3,4 B=10

Viva Marks: C 1,2,3,4 C=5

Attendance: D - D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4 CIE=40

Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4 SEE=60

Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4 100

Details of Batches: Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of

Students Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of

Students

C1A 18761A03B1-3B9

07 C2A 16761A03E8-3F4,3F6 08

C1B 17761A030C-3C6 07 C2B 17761A03F7-3G4 08 C1C 17761A03C7-3D3 07 C2C 19765A03 - 3

C1D 17761A03D4-3E0 07 C2D 19765A03 - 3

C1E 17761A03E1-3E7 06 C2E 19765A03 - 3

Batch No:

Exp. 01

Exp. 02

Exp. 03

Exp. 04

Exp. 05

Exp. 06

Exp. 07

Exp. 08

Exp. 09

Exp. 10

C1A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10

C1B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6

C1C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7

C1D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8

C1E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9

C2A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10

C2B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6

C2C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7

C2D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8

C2E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO

MT1 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Charpy) CO2

MT2 Compression Test on Spring CO1

MT3 Tensile Test on Universal Testing Machine CO1

MT4 Hardness Test on Materials (Brinell) CO3

MT5 Deflection Test on Simply Supported Beams CO4

MT6 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Izod) CO2

MT7 Torsion Test on Mild Steel Rod CO4

MT8 Shear Test of MS rod on UTM CO1

MT9 Hardness Test on Materials (Rockwell) CO3

MT10 Deflection Test on Cantilever Beams CO4

NOTIFICATION OF CYCLE

Cycle Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO

C

yc

le-1

MT1 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Charpy) CO2

MT2 Compression Test on Spring CO1

MT3 Tensile Test on Universal Testing Machine CO1

MT4 Hardness Test on Materials (Brinell) CO3

MT5 Deflection Test on Simply Supported Beams CO4

Cy

cle

-2 MT6 Impact Test on M.S. Specimen (Izod) CO2

MT7 Torsion Test on Mild Steel Rod CO4

MT8 Shear Test of MS rod on UTM CO1

MT9 Hardness Test on Materials (Rockwell) CO3

MT10 Deflection Test on Cantilever Beams CO4

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:

PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound

knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.

PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to

become successful in multidisciplinary activities.

PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong

learning.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex

engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse

complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first

principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering

problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs

with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural,

societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of

data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources,

and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex

engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge

to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent

responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional

engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the

knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and

responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member

or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities

with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to

comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective

presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of

the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a

member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary

environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological

change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal

systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.

3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.

Course Instructor

Course Coordinator

Module Coordinator

HOD

LAKKIREDDY BALI REDDY COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Autonomous & Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, NAAC Accredited with ‘A’ grade, Accredited by NBA, Certified by ISO 9001:2015)

L B Reddy Nagar, Mylavaram-521 230, Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh.

COURSE HANDOUT

PROGRAM : B.Tech. III-Sem., ME – C SEC

ACADEMIC YEAR : 2019-20

COURSE NAME & CODE : MMS Lab, 17ME63

L-T-P STRUCTURE : 0-0-2

COURSE CREDITS 1

COURSE INSTRUCTOR :Dr.N.Sunil Naik/ G.Naresh

COURSE COORDINATOR :

PRE-REQUISITE: Engineering Physics, Applied Chemistry

COURSE OBJECTIVE:

The Objective of this course is to make the students observe the response of the materials under different loads and measure various mechanical properties.

COURSE OUTCOMES (CO)

CO 1 Prepare the specimens as per standards

CO 2 Observe microstructure of Different materials

CO 3 Analyze the properties of materials based on microstructure.

CO 4 Perform hardness test and heat treatment of steels

COURSE ARTICULATION MATRIX (Correlation between COs&POs,PSOs):

COs PO 1

PO 2

PO 3

PO 4

PO 5

PO 6

PO 7

PO 8

PO 9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO 1

PSO 2

PSO 3

CO1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2

CO2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2

CO3 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2

CO4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2

Note: Enter Correlation Levels 1 or 2 or 3. If there is no correlation, put ‘-’ 1- Slight(Low), 2 - Moderate(Medium), 3 - Substantial (High).

REFERENCE:

R1 Lab Manual

COURSE DELIVERY PLAN (LESSON PLAN): Section-A

Batch: C1 (18761A03B1-18761A03E7)

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

1. Demonstration 2 17-06-2019 TLM8 -

2. Experiment-1 2 24-06-2019 TLM8 R1

3. Experiment-2

2 01-07-2019

TLM8 R1

4. Experiment-3

2 08-07-2019

TLM8 R1

5. Experiment-4

2 15-07-2019

TLM8 R1

6. Experiment-5

2 21-07-2019

TLM8 R1

7. Demonstration

2 22-07-2019

TLM8 -

8. Experiment-6

2 29-07-2019

TLM8 R1

9. Experiment-7

2 12-08-2019

TLM8 R1

10. Experiment-8

2 18-08-2019

TLM8 R1

11. Experiment-9

2 26-08-2019

TLM8 R1

12. Experiment-10

2 02-09-2019

TLM8 R1

13. Repetition 2 16-09-2019 TLM8 R1

14. Repetition 2 23-09-2019 TLM8 R1

15. Lab Internal 2 30-09-2019 - -

Additional Experiments:

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

16. Compression

test on UTM 2 07-10-2019

TLM8 -

Batch:C2 (18761A03E8-3G4 & 19765A03 -3 )

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

1. Demonstration 2 19-06-2019 TLM8 -

2. Experiment-1 2 26-06-2019 TLM8 R1

3. Experiment-2

2 03-07-2019

TLM8 R1

4. Experiment-3

2 04-07-2019

TLM8 R1

5. Experiment-4

2 10-07-2019

TLM8 R1

6. Experiment-5

2 17-07-2019

TLM8 R1

7. Demonstration

2 24-07-2019

TLM8 -

8. Experiment-6

2 31-07-2019

TLM8 R1

9. Experiment-7

2 07-08-2019

TLM8 R1

10. Experiment-8

2 14-08-2019

TLM8 R1

11. Experiment-9

2 21-08-2019

TLM8 R1

12. Experiment-10

2 28-08-2019

TLM8 R1

13. Repetition 2 04-09-2019 Repetition R1

14. Repetition 2 11-09-2019 Repetition R1

15. Repetition 2 18-09-2019 Repetition R1

16. Lab Internal 2 25-09-2019 - -

Additional Experiments:

S.No.

Experiment to be

conducted

No. of Classes Require

d

Tentative Date of

Completion

Actual Date of

Completion

Teaching Learning Methods

Reference

HOD Sign

Weekly

17. Compression test on UTM

2 02-10-2019

TLM8 -

Teaching Learning Methods

TLM1 Chalk and Talk TLM4 Problem Solving TLM7 Seminars or GD

TLM2 PPT TLM5 Programming TLM8 Lab Demo

TLM3 Tutorial TLM6 Assignment or Quiz TLM9 Case Study

ACADEMIC CALENDAR:

Description From To Weeks

I Phase of Instructions-1 17/06/2019 03/08/2019 7

I Mid Examinations 05/08/2019 10/08/2019 1

II Phase of Instructions 12/08/2019 12/10/2019 9

II Mid Examinations 14/10/2019 19/10/2019 1

Preparation and Practicals 21/10/2019 31/10/2019 2

Semester End Examinations 01/11/2019 16/11/2019 2

EVALUATION PROCESS:

Evaluation Task Cos Marks

Day to Day Evaluation: A 1,2,3,4 A=20

Internal Lab Exams: B 1,2,3,4 B=10

Viva Marks: C 1,2,3,4 C=5

Attendance: D - D=5

Cumulative Internal Examination : CIE=A+B+C+D 1,2,3,4 CIE=40

Semester End Examinations: SEE 1,2,3,4 SEE=60

Total Marks: CIE+SEE 1,2,3,4 100

Details of Batches: Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of

Students Batch No. Reg. No. of Students Number of

Students

C1A 18761A03B1-3B9

07 C2A 16761A03E8-3F4,3F6 08

C1B 17761A030C-3C6 07 C2B 17761A03F7-3G4 08 C1C 17761A03C7-3D3 07 C2C 19765A03 - 3

C1D 17761A03D4-3E0 07 C2D 19765A03 - 3

C1E 17761A03E1-3E7 06 C2E 19765A03 - 3

Batch No:

Exp. 01

Exp. 02

Exp. 03

Exp. 04

Exp. 05

Exp. 06

Exp. 07

Exp. 08

Exp. 09

Exp. 10

C1A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10

C1B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6

C1C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7

C1D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8

C1E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9

C2A MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10

C2B MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT7 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6

C2C MT3 MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT8 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7

C2D MT4 MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT9 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8

C2E MT5 MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT10 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO

MT1 Preparation and study of the microstructure of Cu. CO1

MT2 Preparation and study of the microstructure of Al. CO1

MT3 Preparation and study of the microstructure of low

carbon steels CO1

MT4 Preparation and study of the microstructure of medium

carbon steels CO2

MT5 Preparation and study of the microstructure of high

carbon steels CO2

MT6 Preparation and study of the microstructures of gray

cast iron, malleable cast iron and nodular cast iron. CO3

MT7 Preparation and study of the microstructures of brass. CO2

MT8 Hardenability of steels by Jominy end quench test. CO1

MT9 Hardness of various treated and untreated steels CO4

MT10 Fabrication of FRP Composite by Hand lay-up method. CO4

NOTIFICATION OF CYCLE

Cycle Exp.No. Name of the Experiment Related CO

C

yc

le-1

MT1 Preparation and study of the microstructure of Cu. CO1

MT2 Preparation and study of the microstructure of Al. CO1

MT3 Preparation and study of the microstructure of low

carbon steels CO1

MT4 Preparation and study of the microstructure of medium

carbon steels CO2

MT5 Preparation and study of the microstructure of high

carbon steels CO2

C

yc

le-2

MT6 Preparation and study of the microstructures of gray

cast iron, malleable cast iron and nodular cast iron. CO3

MT7 Preparation and study of the microstructures of brass. CO2

MT8 Hardenability of steels by Jominy end quench test. CO1

MT9 Hardness of various treated and untreated steels CO4

MT10 Fabrication of FRP Composite by Hand lay-up method. CO4

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:

PEO1: To build a professional career and pursue higher studies with sound

knowledge in Mathematics, Science and Mechanical Engineering.

PEO2: To inculcate strong ethical values and leadership qualities for graduates to

become successful in multidisciplinary activities.

PEO3: To develop inquisitiveness towards good communication and lifelong

learning.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex

engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse

complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first

principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering

problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs

with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural,

societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of

data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources,

and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex

engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge

to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent

responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional

engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the

knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and

responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member

or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities

with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to

comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective

presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of

the engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a

member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary

environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological

change.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

1. To apply the principles of thermal sciences to design and develop various thermal

systems. 2. To apply the principles of manufacturing technology, scientific management towards

improvement of quality and optimization of engineering systems in the design, analysis and manufacturability of products.

3. To apply the basic principles of mechanical engineering design for evaluation of performance of various systems relating to transmission of motion and power, conservation of energy and other process equipment.

Course Instructor

Course Coordinator

Module Coordinator

HOD